(5712,35,'2011-12-21 15:45:36','2011-12-21 15:45:36','I received my Samsung Galaxy Nexus on Friday, so I\'ve been using it solidly for a little over 4 days as I write this. I\'m loving it, and it\'s lightyears beyond previous versions of Android. For perspective, my history among smartphones goes back to a <a title=\"Cingular 8125\" href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Wizard\">Cingular 8125</a>, progresses to a Verizon <a title=\"Samsung SCH-i760\" href=\"http://www.gigatrike.com/i760.jpg\">Samsung SCH-i760</a>, takes a bold leap to a <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palm_pre\">Sprint Palm Pre</a> (WebOS was robbed!), a lateral move to a Sprint <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Evo_4G\">HTC Evo 4G</a> (which became a true upgrade once I discovered <a href=\"http://www.cyanogenmod.com/\">CyanogenMod</a>!), and finally a very satisfying step forward to a Verizon Samsung Galaxy Nexus. Here\'s my \"first weekend and two workdays\" impressions:<!--more-->\n<h3>Highs</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>New browser app (more on this later), new dialer, new contacts, new settings layout, new launcher with new handy shortcuts (Market in the app drawer, settings in the notifications pulldown), swipe to clear notifications in pulldown shade, widget gallery in app drawer. The settings app also has quick shortcuts to toggle the Wifi and Bluetooth radios.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5681\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5689\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5691\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5686\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5687\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5692\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Search button move</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Technically this is part of the Android 4.0 bullet above, but it\'s worth calling out on its own. The traditional Android 4-button setup (Home, Menu, Back, and Search in varying orders) has changed in Android 4.0. There are now 3 fulltime buttons (Back, Home, and a dedicated multitask switching button) and a fourth Menu button that appears on an app-by-app basis. Additionally, there is now a fulltime Google search box on the home screen (and on every page of your home screen). This effectively makes the usable screen size much larger. Apps like Youtube go true \"full screen\" and even cover the Home button when you rotate the phone (the buttons reappear when you tap on the screen). Apps that used to hide functionality under the Menu button now display a vertical ellipsis (...) as an indicator that more functions are available.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5682\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5683\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5684\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multi-tasking button</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This might be my favorite new feature. On-screen at all times, this buttons triggers a jump list of all the apps you have open on the phone displayed in the order you last used them.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Beautiful high-res screen (720x1280 in 4.65\")</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s OLED, it\'s huge, and pretty. Leaving the brightness on \"auto\" leans just a tad dim for my taste, but for now I\'m leaving it on in the interest of battery life.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>32GB of storage</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I was actually pleasantly surprised to see so much internal storage space. I think this was a smart move on Google\'s part since it offsets the sticker shock of paying $299 for a new on-contract phone. $299 puts it at price and storage parity with the 32GB iPhone (except Verizon isn\'t getting the 16GB model and there isn\'t a 64GB). There\'s also a nice visualization of how you\'re using the space (iTunes has had this functionality for iPods and iPhones for years).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5688\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Accurate digitizer</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My Evo had a large screen (4.3\") but the digitizer had a learning curve before I was able to accurately tap small things on-screen</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Quick sharp-focusing camera with rapid shooting</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The camera can utilize the flash as an auto-focus assist light when necessary. The lens supports tap-to-focus. You can take pictures about as fast as you can tap the button on-screen.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>NFC</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I\'m not using this yet, but hardware is the one thing that can\'t change once you buy it, so I\'m glad they kept it in. Hopefully this will translate into some degree of future-proofing or longevity in the future.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Responsive on-screen keyboard</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My standard tactic of \"tap as fast as I can and correct typos later\" works great here. If I rapidly tap out a sentence or two, I normally only have 1 or 2 typos. Note: my soft keyboard typing skills are probably below average due to a long history of using Swype.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Very thin</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Here\'s some comparison shots next to an iPhone 4S and my Evo 4G.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5703\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5701\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly textured battery cover</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s a nice texture and fun to hold. It\'s a tad slick (will slide off your jeans if you place it at an angle).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5706\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Type-as-you-speak speech dictation</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Under Gingerbread and earlier versions of Android, dictated text would be recorded and sent up to Google servers for transcription. Under ICS, text is sent in much smaller bursts, maybe per word or per syllable. The end result is that text appears on-screen as you speak, much like using Dragon Dictation or iPhone 4S Siri dictation.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multiple desktop dock options</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><a href=\"http://www.droid-life.com/2011/12/02/samsung-galaxy-nexus-docks-and-chargers-get-a-proper-fondling-prongs-put-to-use/\">Vertical and horizontal desktop docks</a>, and the horizontal uses the charging contacts on the side so it\'s easy to dock and pick up (I hope!)\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5710\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Browser can remember user-agent preferences</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I literally just found this feature as I wrote up this blog post. In the Android 4.0 browser, you can have it masquerade as a full-blown desktop browser (I\'m guessing it spoofs the browser user-agent, but can\'t confirm this). This is handy when you want to view the full version of a site but are only offered the mobile view. This setting is remembered on the phone on a per-domain basis!</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Built-in screenshot functionality</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This has been a huge oversight on Android devices. At certain times in the past, you actually needed a rooted (that\'s jailbroken for you iOS guys) phone just to be able to capture screenshots. I captured all the images in this post on my stock Nexus. Just hold down the power button and the volume-down button to save the current screen.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Neutral</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Slight Android launcher redesign</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Apps in app drawer are paginated in a 4x5 grid. Swipe sideways to go from page to page. My understanding that this is a standard convention for Samsung TouchWiz launchers, but I won\'t swear to it since I\'ve never carried a TouchWiz phone.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly curved screen</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The Galaxy Nexus maintains the slightly curved screen from its predecessor, the Nexus S. It\'s extremely subtle, to the point that no one I\'ve handed my phone to has said, \"Oh hey, the screen is curved\". I often forget it curves at all. Perceived benefits (if any) and minor, so I\'ll put it here on the \"Neutral\" list.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5680\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061-300x68.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"68\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Lows</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>No microSD slot</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This really isn\'t terrible since there\'s 32GB of storage onboard.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Battery life (130 emails, 4G disabled)</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>So here\'s the ugly truth. Battery life ain\'t pretty. Here\'s my raw stats from today (4G disabled, screen birghtness set to auto): off the charger at 7am at 100%, received 130 emails over the course of the workday (I was away from my desk all day, so I read a slightly above average amount of emails on the phone itself), was at 34% at 1:45PM, and was at 4% when I plugged it back in to charge at 6:15PM. So it\'s definitely not pretty. I\'ll be keeping my eyes on extended batteries, but so far the only one I\'ve heard about only extends the stock 1850mA battery to 2100mA, which doesn\'t sound like a huge increase to me.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\nOverall, I\'m thrilled with the phone, and I\'d buy it again in a heartbeat. I\'m also looking forward to the next major CyanogenMod release (CM9) based off the Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich code.','VERIZON SAMSUNG GALAXY NEXUS - THE HIGHS AND LOWS - Draft','','inherit','open','open','','5642-revision-20','','','2011-12-21 15:45:36','2011-12-21 15:45:36','',5642,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5642-revision-20',0,'revision','',0),(5713,35,'2011-12-21 15:48:15','2011-12-21 15:48:15','I received my Samsung Galaxy Nexus on Friday, so I\'ve been using it solidly for a little over 4 days as I write this. I\'m loving it, and it\'s lightyears beyond previous versions of Android. For perspective, my history among smartphones goes back to a <a title=\"Cingular 8125\" href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Wizard\">Cingular 8125</a>, progresses to a Verizon <a title=\"Samsung SCH-i760\" href=\"http://www.gigatrike.com/i760.jpg\">Samsung SCH-i760</a>, takes a bold leap to a <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palm_pre\">Sprint Palm Pre</a> (WebOS was robbed!), a lateral move to a Sprint <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Evo_4G\">HTC Evo 4G</a> (which became a true upgrade once I discovered <a href=\"http://www.cyanogenmod.com/\">CyanogenMod</a>!), and finally a very satisfying step forward to a Verizon Samsung Galaxy Nexus. Here\'s my \"first weekend and two workdays\" impressions:<!--more-->\n<h3>Highs</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>New browser app (more on this later), new dialer, new contacts, new settings layout, new launcher with new handy shortcuts (Market in the app drawer, settings in the notifications pulldown), swipe to clear notifications in pulldown shade, widget gallery in app drawer. The settings app also has quick shortcuts to toggle the Wifi and Bluetooth radios.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5681\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5689\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5691\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5686\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5687\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5692\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Search button move</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Technically this is part of the Android 4.0 bullet above, but it\'s worth calling out on its own. The traditional Android 4-button setup (Home, Menu, Back, and Search in varying orders) has changed in Android 4.0. There are now 3 fulltime buttons (Back, Home, and a dedicated multitask switching button) and a fourth Menu button that appears on an app-by-app basis. Additionally, there is now a fulltime Google search box on the home screen (and on every page of your home screen). This effectively makes the usable screen size much larger. Apps like Youtube go true \"full screen\" and even cover the Home button when you rotate the phone (the buttons reappear when you tap on the screen). Apps that used to hide functionality under the Menu button now display a vertical ellipsis (...) as an indicator that more functions are available.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5682\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5683\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5684\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multi-tasking button</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This might be my favorite new feature. On-screen at all times, this buttons triggers a scrollable overlay list of all the apps you have open on the phone displayed in the order you last used them. What\'s even better is the way it displays thumbnails of each app\'s last state so you can quickly identify the one you want.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5693\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Beautiful high-res screen (720x1280 in 4.65\")</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s OLED, it\'s huge, and pretty. Leaving the brightness on \"auto\" leans just a tad dim for my taste, but for now I\'m leaving it on in the interest of battery life.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>32GB of storage</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I was actually pleasantly surprised to see so much internal storage space. I think this was a smart move on Google\'s part since it offsets the sticker shock of paying $299 for a new on-contract phone. $299 puts it at price and storage parity with the 32GB iPhone (except Verizon isn\'t getting the 16GB model and there isn\'t a 64GB). There\'s also a nice visualization of how you\'re using the space (iTunes has had this functionality for iPods and iPhones for years).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5688\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Accurate digitizer</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My Evo had a large screen (4.3\") but the digitizer had a learning curve before I was able to accurately tap small things on-screen</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Quick sharp-focusing camera with rapid shooting</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The camera can utilize the flash as an auto-focus assist light when necessary. The lens supports tap-to-focus. You can take pictures about as fast as you can tap the button on-screen.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>NFC</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I\'m not using this yet, but hardware is the one thing that can\'t change once you buy it, so I\'m glad they kept it in. Hopefully this will translate into some degree of future-proofing or longevity in the future.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Responsive on-screen keyboard</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My standard tactic of \"tap as fast as I can and correct typos later\" works great here. If I rapidly tap out a sentence or two, I normally only have 1 or 2 typos. Note: my soft keyboard typing skills are probably below average due to a long history of using Swype.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Very thin</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Here\'s some comparison shots next to an iPhone 4S and my Evo 4G.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5703\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5701\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly textured battery cover</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s a nice texture and fun to hold. It\'s a tad slick (will slide off your jeans if you place it at an angle).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5706\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Type-as-you-speak speech dictation</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Under Gingerbread and earlier versions of Android, dictated text would be recorded and sent up to Google servers for transcription. Under ICS, text is sent in much smaller bursts, maybe per word or per syllable. The end result is that text appears on-screen as you speak, much like using Dragon Dictation or iPhone 4S Siri dictation.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multiple desktop dock options</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><a href=\"http://www.droid-life.com/2011/12/02/samsung-galaxy-nexus-docks-and-chargers-get-a-proper-fondling-prongs-put-to-use/\">Vertical and horizontal desktop docks</a>, and the horizontal uses the charging contacts on the side so it\'s easy to dock and pick up (I hope!)\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5710\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Browser can remember user-agent preferences</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I literally just found this feature as I wrote up this blog post. In the Android 4.0 browser, you can have it masquerade as a full-blown desktop browser (I\'m guessing it spoofs the browser user-agent, but can\'t confirm this). This is handy when you want to view the full version of a site but are only offered the mobile view. This setting is remembered on the phone on a per-domain basis!</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Built-in screenshot functionality</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This has been a huge oversight on Android devices. At certain times in the past, you actually needed a rooted (that\'s jailbroken for you iOS guys) phone just to be able to capture screenshots. I captured all the images in this post on my stock Nexus. Just hold down the power button and the volume-down button to save the current screen.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Neutral</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Slight Android launcher redesign</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Apps in app drawer are paginated in a 4x5 grid. Swipe sideways to go from page to page. My understanding that this is a standard convention for Samsung TouchWiz launchers, but I won\'t swear to it since I\'ve never carried a TouchWiz phone.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly curved screen</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The Galaxy Nexus maintains the slightly curved screen from its predecessor, the Nexus S. It\'s extremely subtle, to the point that no one I\'ve handed my phone to has said, \"Oh hey, the screen is curved\". I often forget it curves at all. Perceived benefits (if any) and minor, so I\'ll put it here on the \"Neutral\" list.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5680\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061-300x68.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"68\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Lows</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>No microSD slot</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This really isn\'t terrible since there\'s 32GB of storage onboard.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Battery life (130 emails, 4G disabled)</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>So here\'s the ugly truth. Battery life ain\'t pretty. Here\'s my raw stats from today (4G disabled, screen birghtness set to auto): off the charger at 7am at 100%, received 130 emails over the course of the workday (I was away from my desk all day, so I read a slightly above average amount of emails on the phone itself), was at 34% at 1:45PM, and was at 4% when I plugged it back in to charge at 6:15PM. So it\'s definitely not pretty. I\'ll be keeping my eyes on extended batteries, but so far the only one I\'ve heard about only extends the stock 1850mA battery to 2100mA, which doesn\'t sound like a huge increase to me.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\nOverall, I\'m thrilled with the phone, and I\'d buy it again in a heartbeat. I\'m also looking forward to the next major CyanogenMod release (CM9) based off the Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich code.','VERIZON SAMSUNG GALAXY NEXUS - THE HIGHS AND LOWS - Draft','','inherit','open','open','','5642-revision-21','','','2011-12-21 15:48:15','2011-12-21 15:48:15','',5642,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5642-revision-21',0,'revision','',0),(5714,35,'2011-12-21 15:51:43','2011-12-21 15:51:43','<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-5708 alignleft\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>\n\nI received my Samsung Galaxy Nexus on Friday, so I\'ve been using it solidly for a little over 4 days as I write this. I\'m loving it, and it\'s lightyears beyond previous versions of Android. For perspective, my history among smartphones goes back to a <a title=\"Cingular 8125\" href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Wizard\">Cingular 8125</a>, progresses to a Verizon <a title=\"Samsung SCH-i760\" href=\"http://www.gigatrike.com/i760.jpg\">Samsung SCH-i760</a>, takes a bold leap to a <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palm_pre\">Sprint Palm Pre</a> (WebOS was robbed!), a lateral move to a Sprint <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Evo_4G\">HTC Evo 4G</a> (which became a true upgrade once I discovered <a href=\"http://www.cyanogenmod.com/\">CyanogenMod</a>!), and finally a very satisfying step forward to a Verizon Samsung Galaxy Nexus. Here\'s my \"first weekend and two workdays\" impressions:<!--more-->\n<h3>Highs</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>New browser app (more on this later), new dialer, new contacts, new settings layout, new launcher with new handy shortcuts (Market in the app drawer, settings in the notifications pulldown), swipe to clear notifications in pulldown shade, widget gallery in app drawer. The settings app also has quick shortcuts to toggle the Wifi and Bluetooth radios.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5681\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5689\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5691\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5686\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5687\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5692\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Search button move</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Technically this is part of the Android 4.0 bullet above, but it\'s worth calling out on its own. The traditional Android 4-button setup (Home, Menu, Back, and Search in varying orders) has changed in Android 4.0. There are now 3 fulltime buttons (Back, Home, and a dedicated multitask switching button) and a fourth Menu button that appears on an app-by-app basis. Additionally, there is now a fulltime Google search box on the home screen (and on every page of your home screen). This effectively makes the usable screen size much larger. Apps like Youtube go true \"full screen\" and even cover the Home button when you rotate the phone (the buttons reappear when you tap on the screen). Apps that used to hide functionality under the Menu button now display a vertical ellipsis (...) as an indicator that more functions are available.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5682\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5683\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5684\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multi-tasking button</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This might be my favorite new feature. On-screen at all times, this buttons triggers a scrollable overlay list of all the apps you have open on the phone displayed in the order you last used them. What\'s even better is the way it displays thumbnails of each app\'s last state so you can quickly identify the one you want.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5693\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Beautiful high-res screen (720x1280 in 4.65\")</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s OLED, it\'s huge, and pretty. Leaving the brightness on \"auto\" leans just a tad dim for my taste, but for now I\'m leaving it on in the interest of battery life.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>32GB of storage</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I was actually pleasantly surprised to see so much internal storage space. I think this was a smart move on Google\'s part since it offsets the sticker shock of paying $299 for a new on-contract phone. $299 puts it at price and storage parity with the 32GB iPhone (except Verizon isn\'t getting the 16GB model and there isn\'t a 64GB). There\'s also a nice visualization of how you\'re using the space (iTunes has had this functionality for iPods and iPhones for years).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5688\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Accurate digitizer</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My Evo had a large screen (4.3\") but the digitizer had a learning curve before I was able to accurately tap small things on-screen</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Quick sharp-focusing camera with rapid shooting</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The camera can utilize the flash as an auto-focus assist light when necessary. The lens supports tap-to-focus. You can take pictures about as fast as you can tap the button on-screen.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>NFC</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I\'m not using this yet, but hardware is the one thing that can\'t change once you buy it, so I\'m glad they kept it in. Hopefully this will translate into some degree of future-proofing or longevity in the future.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Responsive on-screen keyboard</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My standard tactic of \"tap as fast as I can and correct typos later\" works great here. If I rapidly tap out a sentence or two, I normally only have 1 or 2 typos. Note: my soft keyboard typing skills are probably below average due to a long history of using Swype.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Very thin</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Here\'s some comparison shots next to an iPhone 4S and my Evo 4G.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5703\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5701\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly textured battery cover</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s a nice texture and fun to hold. It\'s a tad slick (will slide off your jeans if you place it at an angle).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5706\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Type-as-you-speak speech dictation</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Under Gingerbread and earlier versions of Android, dictated text would be recorded and sent up to Google servers for transcription. Under ICS, text is sent in much smaller bursts, maybe per word or per syllable. The end result is that text appears on-screen as you speak, much like using Dragon Dictation or iPhone 4S Siri dictation.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multiple desktop dock options</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><a href=\"http://www.droid-life.com/2011/12/02/samsung-galaxy-nexus-docks-and-chargers-get-a-proper-fondling-prongs-put-to-use/\">Vertical and horizontal desktop docks</a>, and the horizontal uses the charging contacts on the side so it\'s easy to dock and pick up (I hope!)\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5710\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Browser can remember user-agent preferences</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I literally just found this feature as I wrote up this blog post. In the Android 4.0 browser, you can have it masquerade as a full-blown desktop browser (I\'m guessing it spoofs the browser user-agent, but can\'t confirm this). This is handy when you want to view the full version of a site but are only offered the mobile view. This setting is remembered on the phone on a per-domain basis!</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Built-in screenshot functionality</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This has been a huge oversight on Android devices. At certain times in the past, you actually needed a rooted (that\'s jailbroken for you iOS guys) phone just to be able to capture screenshots. I captured all the images in this post on my stock Nexus. Just hold down the power button and the volume-down button to save the current screen.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Neutral</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Slight Android launcher redesign</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Apps in app drawer are paginated in a 4x5 grid. Swipe sideways to go from page to page. My understanding that this is a standard convention for Samsung TouchWiz launchers, but I won\'t swear to it since I\'ve never carried a TouchWiz phone.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly curved screen</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The Galaxy Nexus maintains the slightly curved screen from its predecessor, the Nexus S. It\'s extremely subtle, to the point that no one I\'ve handed my phone to has said, \"Oh hey, the screen is curved\". I often forget it curves at all. Perceived benefits (if any) and minor, so I\'ll put it here on the \"Neutral\" list.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5680\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061-300x68.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"68\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Lows</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>No microSD slot</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This really isn\'t terrible since there\'s 32GB of storage onboard.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Battery life (130 emails, 4G disabled)</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>So here\'s the ugly truth. Battery life ain\'t pretty. Here\'s my raw stats from today (4G disabled, screen birghtness set to auto): off the charger at 7am at 100%, received 130 emails over the course of the workday (I was away from my desk all day, so I read a slightly above average amount of emails on the phone itself), was at 34% at 1:45PM, and was at 4% when I plugged it back in to charge at 6:15PM. So it\'s definitely not pretty. I\'ll be keeping my eyes on extended batteries, but so far the only one I\'ve heard about only extends the stock 1850mA battery to 2100mA, which doesn\'t sound like a huge increase to me.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\nOverall, I\'m thrilled with the phone, and I\'d buy it again in a heartbeat. I\'m also looking forward to the next major CyanogenMod release (CM9) based off the Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich code.','VERIZON SAMSUNG GALAXY NEXUS - THE HIGHS AND LOWS - Draft','','inherit','open','open','','5642-revision-22','','','2011-12-21 15:51:43','2011-12-21 15:51:43','',5642,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5642-revision-22',0,'revision','',0),(5716,35,'2011-12-21 15:56:52','2011-12-21 15:56:52','<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-5708 alignleft\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>\n\nI received my Samsung Galaxy Nexus on Friday, so I\'ve been using it solidly for a little over 4 days as I write this. I\'m loving it, and it\'s lightyears beyond previous versions of Android. For perspective, my history among smartphones goes back to a <a title=\"Cingular 8125\" href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Wizard\">Cingular 8125</a>, progresses to a Verizon <a title=\"Samsung SCH-i760\" href=\"http://www.gigatrike.com/i760.jpg\">Samsung SCH-i760</a>, takes a bold leap to a <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palm_pre\">Sprint Palm Pre</a> (WebOS was robbed!), a lateral move to a Sprint <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Evo_4G\">HTC Evo 4G</a> (which became a true upgrade once I discovered <a href=\"http://www.cyanogenmod.com/\">CyanogenMod</a>!), and finally a very satisfying step forward to a Verizon Samsung Galaxy Nexus. Here\'s my \"first weekend and two workdays\" impressions:<!--more-->\n<h3>Highs</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>New browser app (more on this later), new dialer, new contacts, new settings layout, new launcher with new handy shortcuts (Market in the app drawer, settings in the notifications pulldown), swipe to clear notifications in pulldown shade, widget gallery in app drawer. The settings app also has quick shortcuts to toggle the Wifi and Bluetooth radios.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5681\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5689\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5691\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5686\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5687\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5692\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Search button move</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Technically this is part of the Android 4.0 bullet above, but it\'s worth calling out on its own. The traditional Android 4-button setup (Home, Menu, Back, and Search in varying orders) has changed in Android 4.0. There are now 3 fulltime buttons (Back, Home, and a dedicated multitask switching button) and a fourth Menu button that appears on an app-by-app basis. Additionally, there is now a fulltime Google search box on the home screen (and on every page of your home screen). This effectively makes the usable screen size much larger. Apps like Youtube go true \"full screen\" and even cover the Home button when you rotate the phone (the buttons reappear when you tap on the screen). Apps that used to hide functionality under the Menu button now display a vertical ellipsis (...) as an indicator that more functions are available.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5682\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5683\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5684\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multi-tasking button</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This might be my favorite new feature. On-screen at all times, this buttons triggers a scrollable overlay list of all the apps you have open on the phone displayed in the order you last used them. What\'s even better is the way it displays thumbnails of each app\'s last state so you can quickly identify the one you want.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5693\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Beautiful high-res screen (720x1280 in 4.65\")</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s OLED, it\'s huge, and pretty. Leaving the brightness on \"auto\" leans just a tad dim for my taste, but for now I\'m leaving it on in the interest of battery life.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>32GB of storage</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I was actually pleasantly surprised to see so much internal storage space. I think this was a smart move on Google\'s part since it offsets the sticker shock of paying $299 for a new on-contract phone. $299 puts it at price and storage parity with the 32GB iPhone (except Verizon isn\'t getting the 16GB model and there isn\'t a 64GB). There\'s also a nice visualization of how you\'re using the space (iTunes has had this functionality for iPods and iPhones for years).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5688\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Accurate digitizer</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My Evo had a large screen (4.3\") but the digitizer had a learning curve before I was able to accurately tap small things on-screen</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Quick sharp-focusing camera with rapid shooting</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The camera can utilize the flash as an auto-focus assist light when necessary. The lens supports tap-to-focus. You can take pictures about as fast as you can tap the button on-screen.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>NFC</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I\'m not using this yet, but hardware is the one thing that can\'t change once you buy it, so I\'m glad they kept it in. Hopefully this will translate into some degree of future-proofing or longevity in the future.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Responsive on-screen keyboard</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My standard tactic of \"tap as fast as I can and correct typos later\" works great here. If I rapidly tap out a sentence or two, I normally only have 1 or 2 typos. Note: my soft keyboard typing skills are probably below average due to a long history of using Swype.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Very thin</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Here\'s some comparison shots next to an iPhone 4S.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5703\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5701\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5705\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059-300x159.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"159\" /></a><a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5704\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly textured battery cover</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s a nice texture and fun to hold. It\'s a tad slick (will slide off your jeans if you place it at an angle).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5706\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Type-as-you-speak speech dictation</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Under Gingerbread and earlier versions of Android, dictated text would be recorded and sent up to Google servers for transcription. Under ICS, text is sent in much smaller bursts, maybe per word or per syllable. The end result is that text appears on-screen as you speak, much like using Dragon Dictation or iPhone 4S Siri dictation.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multiple desktop dock options</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><a href=\"http://www.droid-life.com/2011/12/02/samsung-galaxy-nexus-docks-and-chargers-get-a-proper-fondling-prongs-put-to-use/\">Vertical and horizontal desktop docks</a>, and the horizontal uses the charging contacts on the side so it\'s easy to dock and pick up (I hope!)\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5710\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Browser can remember user-agent preferences</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I literally just found this feature as I wrote up this blog post. In the Android 4.0 browser, you can have it masquerade as a full-blown desktop browser (I\'m guessing it spoofs the browser user-agent, but can\'t confirm this). This is handy when you want to view the full version of a site but are only offered the mobile view. This setting is remembered on the phone on a per-domain basis!</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Built-in screenshot functionality</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This has been a huge oversight on Android devices. At certain times in the past, you actually needed a rooted (that\'s jailbroken for you iOS guys) phone just to be able to capture screenshots. I captured all the images in this post on my stock Nexus. Just hold down the power button and the volume-down button to save the current screen.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Neutral</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Slight Android launcher redesign</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Apps in app drawer are paginated in a 4x5 grid. Swipe sideways to go from page to page. My understanding that this is a standard convention for Samsung TouchWiz launchers, but I won\'t swear to it since I\'ve never carried a TouchWiz phone.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly curved screen</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The Galaxy Nexus maintains the slightly curved screen from its predecessor, the Nexus S. It\'s extremely subtle, to the point that no one I\'ve handed my phone to has said, \"Oh hey, the screen is curved\". I often forget it curves at all. Perceived benefits (if any) and minor, so I\'ll put it here on the \"Neutral\" list.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5680\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061-300x68.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"68\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Lows</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>No microSD slot</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This really isn\'t terrible since there\'s 32GB of storage onboard.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Battery life (130 emails, 4G disabled)</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>So here\'s the ugly truth. Battery life ain\'t pretty. Here\'s my raw stats from today (4G disabled, screen birghtness set to auto): off the charger at 7am at 100%, received 130 emails over the course of the workday (I was away from my desk all day, so I read a slightly above average amount of emails on the phone itself), was at 34% at 1:45PM, and was at 4% when I plugged it back in to charge at 6:15PM. So it\'s definitely not pretty. I\'ll be keeping my eyes on extended batteries, but so far the only one I\'ve heard about only extends the stock 1850mA battery to 2100mA, which doesn\'t sound like a huge increase to me.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\nOverall, I\'m thrilled with the phone, and I\'d buy it again in a heartbeat. I\'m also looking forward to the next major CyanogenMod release (CM9) based off the Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich code.','VERIZON SAMSUNG GALAXY NEXUS - THE HIGHS AND LOWS - Draft','','inherit','open','open','','5642-revision-24','','','2011-12-21 15:56:52','2011-12-21 15:56:52','',5642,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5642-revision-24',0,'revision','',0),(5715,35,'2011-12-21 15:55:02','2011-12-21 15:55:02','<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-5708 alignleft\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>\r\n\r\nI received my Samsung Galaxy Nexus on Friday, so I\'ve been using it solidly for a little over 4 days as I write this. I\'m loving it, and it\'s lightyears beyond previous versions of Android. For perspective, my history among smartphones goes back to a <a title=\"Cingular 8125\" href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Wizard\">Cingular 8125</a>, progresses to a Verizon <a title=\"Samsung SCH-i760\" href=\"http://www.gigatrike.com/i760.jpg\">Samsung SCH-i760</a>, takes a bold leap to a <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palm_pre\">Sprint Palm Pre</a> (WebOS was robbed!), a lateral move to a Sprint <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Evo_4G\">HTC Evo 4G</a> (which became a true upgrade once I discovered <a href=\"http://www.cyanogenmod.com/\">CyanogenMod</a>!), and finally a very satisfying step forward to a Verizon Samsung Galaxy Nexus. Here\'s my \"first weekend and two workdays\" impressions:<!--more-->\r\n<h3>Highs</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>New browser app (more on this later), new dialer, new contacts, new settings layout, new launcher with new handy shortcuts (Market in the app drawer, settings in the notifications pulldown), swipe to clear notifications in pulldown shade, widget gallery in app drawer. The settings app also has quick shortcuts to toggle the Wifi and Bluetooth radios.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5681\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5689\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5691\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5686\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5687\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5692\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Search button move</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Technically this is part of the Android 4.0 bullet above, but it\'s worth calling out on its own. The traditional Android 4-button setup (Home, Menu, Back, and Search in varying orders) has changed in Android 4.0. There are now 3 fulltime buttons (Back, Home, and a dedicated multitask switching button) and a fourth Menu button that appears on an app-by-app basis. Additionally, there is now a fulltime Google search box on the home screen (and on every page of your home screen). This effectively makes the usable screen size much larger. Apps like Youtube go true \"full screen\" and even cover the Home button when you rotate the phone (the buttons reappear when you tap on the screen). Apps that used to hide functionality under the Menu button now display a vertical ellipsis (...) as an indicator that more functions are available.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5682\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5683\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5684\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Multi-tasking button</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This might be my favorite new feature. On-screen at all times, this buttons triggers a scrollable overlay list of all the apps you have open on the phone displayed in the order you last used them. What\'s even better is the way it displays thumbnails of each app\'s last state so you can quickly identify the one you want.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5693\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Beautiful high-res screen (720x1280 in 4.65\")</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>It\'s OLED, it\'s huge, and pretty. Leaving the brightness on \"auto\" leans just a tad dim for my taste, but for now I\'m leaving it on in the interest of battery life.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>32GB of storage</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>I was actually pleasantly surprised to see so much internal storage space. I think this was a smart move on Google\'s part since it offsets the sticker shock of paying $299 for a new on-contract phone. $299 puts it at price and storage parity with the 32GB iPhone (except Verizon isn\'t getting the 16GB model and there isn\'t a 64GB). There\'s also a nice visualization of how you\'re using the space (iTunes has had this functionality for iPods and iPhones for years).\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5688\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Accurate digitizer</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>My Evo had a large screen (4.3\") but the digitizer had a learning curve before I was able to accurately tap small things on-screen</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Quick sharp-focusing camera with rapid shooting</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>The camera can utilize the flash as an auto-focus assist light when necessary. The lens supports tap-to-focus. You can take pictures about as fast as you can tap the button on-screen.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>NFC</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>I\'m not using this yet, but hardware is the one thing that can\'t change once you buy it, so I\'m glad they kept it in. Hopefully this will translate into some degree of future-proofing or longevity in the future.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Responsive on-screen keyboard</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>My standard tactic of \"tap as fast as I can and correct typos later\" works great here. If I rapidly tap out a sentence or two, I normally only have 1 or 2 typos. Note: my soft keyboard typing skills are probably below average due to a long history of using Swype.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Very thin</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Here\'s some comparison shots next to an iPhone 4S and my Evo 4G.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5703\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5701\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5705\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059-300x159.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"159\" /></a><a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5704\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Slightly textured battery cover</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>It\'s a nice texture and fun to hold. It\'s a tad slick (will slide off your jeans if you place it at an angle).\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5706\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Type-as-you-speak speech dictation</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Under Gingerbread and earlier versions of Android, dictated text would be recorded and sent up to Google servers for transcription. Under ICS, text is sent in much smaller bursts, maybe per word or per syllable. The end result is that text appears on-screen as you speak, much like using Dragon Dictation or iPhone 4S Siri dictation.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Multiple desktop dock options</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><a href=\"http://www.droid-life.com/2011/12/02/samsung-galaxy-nexus-docks-and-chargers-get-a-proper-fondling-prongs-put-to-use/\">Vertical and horizontal desktop docks</a>, and the horizontal uses the charging contacts on the side so it\'s easy to dock and pick up (I hope!)\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5710\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Browser can remember user-agent preferences</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>I literally just found this feature as I wrote up this blog post. In the Android 4.0 browser, you can have it masquerade as a full-blown desktop browser (I\'m guessing it spoofs the browser user-agent, but can\'t confirm this). This is handy when you want to view the full version of a site but are only offered the mobile view. This setting is remembered on the phone on a per-domain basis!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Built-in screenshot functionality</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This has been a huge oversight on Android devices. At certain times in the past, you actually needed a rooted (that\'s jailbroken for you iOS guys) phone just to be able to capture screenshots. I captured all the images in this post on my stock Nexus. Just hold down the power button and the volume-down button to save the current screen.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Neutral</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Slight Android launcher redesign</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Apps in app drawer are paginated in a 4x5 grid. Swipe sideways to go from page to page. My understanding that this is a standard convention for Samsung TouchWiz launchers, but I won\'t swear to it since I\'ve never carried a TouchWiz phone.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Slightly curved screen</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>The Galaxy Nexus maintains the slightly curved screen from its predecessor, the Nexus S. It\'s extremely subtle, to the point that no one I\'ve handed my phone to has said, \"Oh hey, the screen is curved\". I often forget it curves at all. Perceived benefits (if any) and minor, so I\'ll put it here on the \"Neutral\" list.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5680\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061-300x68.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"68\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Lows</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>No microSD slot</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This really isn\'t terrible since there\'s 32GB of storage onboard.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Battery life (130 emails, 4G disabled)</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>So here\'s the ugly truth. Battery life ain\'t pretty. Here\'s my raw stats from today (4G disabled, screen birghtness set to auto): off the charger at 7am at 100%, received 130 emails over the course of the workday (I was away from my desk all day, so I read a slightly above average amount of emails on the phone itself), was at 34% at 1:45PM, and was at 4% when I plugged it back in to charge at 6:15PM. So it\'s definitely not pretty. I\'ll be keeping my eyes on extended batteries, but so far the only one I\'ve heard about only extends the stock 1850mA battery to 2100mA, which doesn\'t sound like a huge increase to me.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\nOverall, I\'m thrilled with the phone, and I\'d buy it again in a heartbeat. I\'m also looking forward to the next major CyanogenMod release (CM9) based off the Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich code.','VERIZON SAMSUNG GALAXY NEXUS - THE HIGHS AND LOWS - Draft','','inherit','open','open','','5642-revision-23','','','2011-12-21 15:55:02','2011-12-21 15:55:02','',5642,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5642-revision-23',0,'revision','',0),(5717,35,'2011-12-21 16:01:52','2011-12-21 16:01:52','<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-5708 alignleft\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>\n\nI received my Samsung Galaxy Nexus on Friday, so I\'ve been using it solidly for a little over 4 days as I write this. I\'m loving it, and it\'s lightyears beyond previous versions of Android. For perspective, my history among smartphones goes back to a <a title=\"Cingular 8125\" href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Wizard\">Cingular 8125</a>, progresses to a Verizon <a title=\"Samsung SCH-i760\" href=\"http://www.gigatrike.com/i760.jpg\">Samsung SCH-i760</a>, takes a bold leap to a <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palm_pre\">Sprint Palm Pre</a> (WebOS was robbed!), a lateral move to a Sprint <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Evo_4G\">HTC Evo 4G</a> (which became a true upgrade once I discovered <a href=\"http://www.cyanogenmod.com/\">CyanogenMod</a>!), and finally a very satisfying step forward to a Verizon Samsung Galaxy Nexus. Here\'s my \"first weekend and two workdays\" impressions:<!--more-->\n<h3>Highs</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>New browser app (more on this later), new launcher with a handy shortcut to the Android Market, the notification pulldown lets you swipe to clear individual notifications and has a shortcut to the Settings app, the app launcher now shows a gallery of widgets. The settings app also has quick shortcuts to toggle the Wifi and Bluetooth radios.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5681\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5689\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5691\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5686\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5687\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5692\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Search button move</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Technically this is part of the Android 4.0 bullet above, but it\'s worth calling out on its own. The traditional Android 4-button setup (Home, Menu, Back, and Search in varying orders) has changed in Android 4.0. There are now 3 fulltime buttons (Back, Home, and a dedicated multitask switching button) and a fourth Menu button that appears on an app-by-app basis. Additionally, there is now a fulltime Google search box on the home screen (and on every page of your home screen). This effectively makes the usable screen size much larger. Apps like Youtube go true \"full screen\" and even cover the Home button when you rotate the phone (the buttons reappear when you tap on the screen). Apps that used to hide functionality under the Menu button now display a vertical ellipsis (...) as an indicator that more functions are available.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5682\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5683\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5684\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multi-tasking button</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This might be my favorite new feature. On-screen at all times, this buttons triggers a scrollable overlay list of all the apps you have open on the phone displayed in the order you last used them. What\'s even better is the way it displays thumbnails of each app\'s last state so you can quickly identify the one you want.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5693\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Beautiful high-res screen (720x1280 in 4.65\")</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s OLED, it\'s huge, and pretty. Leaving the brightness on \"auto\" leans just a tad dim for my taste, but for now I\'m leaving it on in the interest of battery life.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>32GB of storage</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I was actually pleasantly surprised to see so much internal storage space. I think this was a smart move on Google\'s part since it offsets the sticker shock of paying $299 for a new on-contract phone. $299 puts it at price and storage parity with the 32GB iPhone (except Verizon isn\'t getting the 16GB model and there isn\'t a 64GB). There\'s also a nice visualization of how you\'re using the space (iTunes has had this functionality for iPods and iPhones for years).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5688\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Accurate digitizer</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My Evo had a large screen (4.3\") but the digitizer had a learning curve before I was able to accurately tap small things on-screen</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Quick sharp-focusing camera with rapid shooting</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The camera can utilize the flash as an auto-focus assist light when necessary. The lens supports tap-to-focus. You can take pictures about as fast as you can tap the button on-screen.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>NFC</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I\'m not using this yet, but hardware is the one thing that can\'t change once you buy it, so I\'m glad they kept it in. Hopefully this will translate into some degree of future-proofing or longevity in the future.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Responsive on-screen keyboard</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My standard tactic of \"tap as fast as I can and correct typos later\" works great here. If I rapidly tap out a sentence or two, I normally only have 1 or 2 typos. Note: my soft keyboard typing skills are probably below average due to a long history of using Swype.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Very thin</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Here\'s some comparison shots next to an iPhone 4S.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5703\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5701\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5705\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059-300x159.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"159\" /></a><a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5704\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly textured battery cover</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s a nice texture and fun to hold. It\'s a tad slick (will slide off your jeans if you place it at an angle).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5706\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Type-as-you-speak speech dictation</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Under Gingerbread and earlier versions of Android, dictated text would be recorded and sent up to Google servers for transcription. Under Android 4.0, text is sent in much smaller bursts, maybe per word or per syllable. The end result is that text appears on-screen as you speak, much like using Dragon Dictation or iPhone 4S Siri dictation.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multiple desktop dock options</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><a href=\"http://www.droid-life.com/2011/12/02/samsung-galaxy-nexus-docks-and-chargers-get-a-proper-fondling-prongs-put-to-use/\">Vertical and horizontal desktop docks</a>, and the horizontal uses the charging contacts on the side so it\'s easy to dock and pick up (I hope!)\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5710\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Browser can remember user-agent preferences</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I literally just found this feature as I wrote up this blog post. In the Android 4.0 browser, you can have it masquerade as a full-blown desktop browser (I\'m guessing it spoofs the browser user-agent, but can\'t confirm this). This is handy when you want to view the full version of a site but are only offered the mobile view. This setting is remembered on the phone on a per-domain basis!</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Built-in screenshot functionality</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This has been a huge oversight on Android devices. At certain times in the past, you actually needed a rooted (that\'s jailbroken for you iOS guys) phone just to be able to capture screenshots. I captured all the images in this post on my stock Nexus. Just hold down the power button and the volume-down button to save the current screen.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Neutral</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Slight Android launcher redesign</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Apps in app drawer are paginated in a 4x5 grid. Swipe sideways to go from page to page. My understanding that this is a standard convention for Samsung TouchWiz launchers, but I won\'t swear to it since I\'ve never carried a TouchWiz phone.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly curved screen</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The Galaxy Nexus maintains the slightly curved screen from its predecessor, the Nexus S. It\'s extremely subtle, to the point that no one I\'ve handed my phone to has said, \"Oh hey, the screen is curved\". I often forget it curves at all. Perceived benefits (if any) and minor, so I\'ll put it here on the \"Neutral\" list.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5680\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061-300x68.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"68\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Lows</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>No microSD slot</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This really isn\'t terrible since there\'s 32GB of storage onboard.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Battery life (130 emails, 4G disabled)</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>So here\'s the ugly truth. Battery life ain\'t pretty. Here\'s my raw stats from today (4G disabled, screen birghtness set to auto): off the charger at 7am at 100%, received 130 emails over the course of the workday (I was away from my desk all day, so I read a slightly above average amount of emails on the phone itself), was at 34% at 1:45PM, and was at 4% when I plugged it back in to charge at 6:15PM. So it\'s definitely not pretty. I\'ll be keeping my eyes on extended batteries, but so far the only one I\'ve heard about only extends the stock 1850mA battery to 2100mA, which doesn\'t sound like a huge increase to me.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\nOverall, I\'m thrilled with the phone, and I\'d buy it again in a heartbeat. I\'m also looking forward to the next major CyanogenMod release (CM9) based off the Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich code.','VERIZON SAMSUNG GALAXY NEXUS - THE HIGHS AND LOWS - Draft','','inherit','open','open','','5642-revision-25','','','2011-12-21 16:01:52','2011-12-21 16:01:52','',5642,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5642-revision-25',0,'revision','',0),(5718,35,'2011-12-21 16:02:13','2011-12-21 16:02:13','<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-5708 alignleft\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>\r\n\r\nI received my Samsung Galaxy Nexus on Friday, so I\'ve been using it solidly for a little over 4 days as I write this. I\'m loving it, and it\'s lightyears beyond previous versions of Android. For perspective, my history among smartphones goes back to a <a title=\"Cingular 8125\" href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Wizard\">Cingular 8125</a>, progresses to a Verizon <a title=\"Samsung SCH-i760\" href=\"http://www.gigatrike.com/i760.jpg\">Samsung SCH-i760</a>, takes a bold leap to a <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palm_pre\">Sprint Palm Pre</a> (WebOS was robbed!), a lateral move to a Sprint <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Evo_4G\">HTC Evo 4G</a> (which became a true upgrade once I discovered <a href=\"http://www.cyanogenmod.com/\">CyanogenMod</a>!), and finally a very satisfying step forward to a Verizon Samsung Galaxy Nexus. Here\'s my \"first weekend and two workdays\" impressions:<!--more-->\r\n<h3>Highs</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>New browser app (more on this later), new launcher with a handy shortcut to the Android Market, the notification pulldown lets you swipe to clear individual notifications and has a shortcut to the Settings app, the app launcher now shows a preview gallery of widgets. The settings app also has quick shortcuts to toggle the Wifi and Bluetooth radios.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5681\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5689\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5691\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5686\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5687\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5692\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Search button move</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Technically this is part of the Android 4.0 bullet above, but it\'s worth calling out on its own. The traditional Android 4-button setup (Home, Menu, Back, and Search in varying orders) has changed in Android 4.0. There are now 3 fulltime buttons (Back, Home, and a dedicated multitask switching button) and a fourth Menu button that appears on an app-by-app basis. Additionally, there is now a fulltime Google search box on the home screen (and on every page of your home screen). This effectively makes the usable screen size much larger. Apps like Youtube go true \"full screen\" and even cover the Home button when you rotate the phone (the buttons reappear when you tap on the screen). Apps that used to hide functionality under the Menu button now display a vertical ellipsis (...) as an indicator that more functions are available.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5682\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5683\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5684\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Multi-tasking button</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This might be my favorite new feature. On-screen at all times, this buttons triggers a scrollable overlay list of all the apps you have open on the phone displayed in the order you last used them. What\'s even better is the way it displays thumbnails of each app\'s last state so you can quickly identify the one you want.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5693\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Beautiful high-res screen (720x1280 in 4.65\")</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>It\'s OLED, it\'s huge, and pretty. Leaving the brightness on \"auto\" leans just a tad dim for my taste, but for now I\'m leaving it on in the interest of battery life.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>32GB of storage</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>I was actually pleasantly surprised to see so much internal storage space. I think this was a smart move on Google\'s part since it offsets the sticker shock of paying $299 for a new on-contract phone. $299 puts it at price and storage parity with the 32GB iPhone (except Verizon isn\'t getting the 16GB model and there isn\'t a 64GB). There\'s also a nice visualization of how you\'re using the space (iTunes has had this functionality for iPods and iPhones for years).\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5688\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Accurate digitizer</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>My Evo had a large screen (4.3\") but the digitizer had a learning curve before I was able to accurately tap small things on-screen</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Quick sharp-focusing camera with rapid shooting</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>The camera can utilize the flash as an auto-focus assist light when necessary. The lens supports tap-to-focus. You can take pictures about as fast as you can tap the button on-screen.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>NFC</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>I\'m not using this yet, but hardware is the one thing that can\'t change once you buy it, so I\'m glad they kept it in. Hopefully this will translate into some degree of future-proofing or longevity in the future.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Responsive on-screen keyboard</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>My standard tactic of \"tap as fast as I can and correct typos later\" works great here. If I rapidly tap out a sentence or two, I normally only have 1 or 2 typos. Note: my soft keyboard typing skills are probably below average due to a long history of using Swype.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Very thin</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Here\'s some comparison shots next to an iPhone 4S.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5703\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5701\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5705\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059-300x159.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"159\" /></a><a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5704\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Slightly textured battery cover</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>It\'s a nice texture and fun to hold. It\'s a tad slick (will slide off your jeans if you place it at an angle).\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5706\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Type-as-you-speak speech dictation</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Under Gingerbread and earlier versions of Android, dictated text would be recorded and sent up to Google servers for transcription. Under Android 4.0, text is sent in much smaller bursts, maybe per word or per syllable. The end result is that text appears on-screen as you speak, much like using Dragon Dictation or iPhone 4S Siri dictation.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Multiple desktop dock options</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><a href=\"http://www.droid-life.com/2011/12/02/samsung-galaxy-nexus-docks-and-chargers-get-a-proper-fondling-prongs-put-to-use/\">Vertical and horizontal desktop docks</a>, and the horizontal uses the charging contacts on the side so it\'s easy to dock and pick up (I hope!)\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5710\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Browser can remember user-agent preferences</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>I literally just found this feature as I wrote up this blog post. In the Android 4.0 browser, you can have it masquerade as a full-blown desktop browser (I\'m guessing it spoofs the browser user-agent, but can\'t confirm this). This is handy when you want to view the full version of a site but are only offered the mobile view. This setting is remembered on the phone on a per-domain basis!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Built-in screenshot functionality</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This has been a huge oversight on Android devices. At certain times in the past, you actually needed a rooted (that\'s jailbroken for you iOS guys) phone just to be able to capture screenshots. I captured all the images in this post on my stock Nexus. Just hold down the power button and the volume-down button to save the current screen.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Neutral</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Slight Android launcher redesign</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Apps in app drawer are paginated in a 4x5 grid. Swipe sideways to go from page to page. My understanding that this is a standard convention for Samsung TouchWiz launchers, but I won\'t swear to it since I\'ve never carried a TouchWiz phone.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Slightly curved screen</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>The Galaxy Nexus maintains the slightly curved screen from its predecessor, the Nexus S. It\'s extremely subtle, to the point that no one I\'ve handed my phone to has said, \"Oh hey, the screen is curved\". I often forget it curves at all. Perceived benefits (if any) and minor, so I\'ll put it here on the \"Neutral\" list.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5680\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061-300x68.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"68\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Lows</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>No microSD slot</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This really isn\'t terrible since there\'s 32GB of storage onboard.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Battery life (130 emails, 4G disabled)</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>So here\'s the ugly truth. Battery life ain\'t pretty. Here\'s my raw stats from today (4G disabled, screen birghtness set to auto): off the charger at 7am at 100%, received 130 emails over the course of the workday (I was away from my desk all day, so I read a slightly above average amount of emails on the phone itself), was at 34% at 1:45PM, and was at 4% when I plugged it back in to charge at 6:15PM. So it\'s definitely not pretty. I\'ll be keeping my eyes on extended batteries, but so far the only one I\'ve heard about only extends the stock 1850mA battery to 2100mA, which doesn\'t sound like a huge increase to me.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\nOverall, I\'m thrilled with the phone, and I\'d buy it again in a heartbeat. I\'m also looking forward to the next major CyanogenMod release (CM9) based off the Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich code.','VERIZON SAMSUNG GALAXY NEXUS - THE HIGHS AND LOWS - Draft','','inherit','open','open','','5642-revision-26','','','2011-12-21 16:02:13','2011-12-21 16:02:13','',5642,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5642-revision-26',0,'revision','',0),(5719,35,'2011-12-21 16:04:53','2011-12-21 16:04:53','<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-5708 alignleft\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>\n\nI received my Samsung Galaxy Nexus on Friday, so I\'ve been using it solidly for a little over 4 days as I write this. I\'m loving it, and it\'s lightyears beyond previous versions of Android. For perspective, my history among smartphones goes back to a <a title=\"Cingular 8125\" href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Wizard\">Cingular 8125</a>, progresses to a Verizon <a title=\"Samsung SCH-i760\" href=\"http://www.gigatrike.com/i760.jpg\">Samsung SCH-i760</a>, takes a bold leap to a <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palm_pre\">Sprint Palm Pre</a> (WebOS was robbed!), a lateral move to a Sprint <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Evo_4G\">HTC Evo 4G</a> (which became a true upgrade once I discovered <a href=\"http://www.cyanogenmod.com/\">CyanogenMod</a>!), and finally a very satisfying step forward to a Verizon Samsung Galaxy Nexus. Here\'s my \"first weekend and two workdays\" impressions:<!--more-->\n<h3>Highs</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>New browser app (more on this later), new launcher with a handy shortcut to the Android Market, the notification pulldown lets you swipe to clear individual notifications and has a shortcut to the Settings app, the app launcher now shows a preview gallery of widgets. The settings app also has quick shortcuts to toggle the Wifi and Bluetooth radios.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5681\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5689\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5691\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5686\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5687\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5692\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-49-29.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5690\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-49-29-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Search button move</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Technically this is part of the Android 4.0 bullet above, but it\'s worth calling out on its own. The traditional Android 4-button setup (Home, Menu, Back, and Search in varying orders) has changed in Android 4.0. There are now 3 fulltime buttons (Back, Home, and a dedicated multitask switching button) and a fourth Menu button that appears on an app-by-app basis. Additionally, there is now a fulltime Google search box on the home screen (and on every page of your home screen). This effectively makes the usable screen size much larger. Apps like Youtube go true \"full screen\" and even cover the Home button when you rotate the phone (the buttons reappear when you tap on the screen). Apps that used to hide functionality under the Menu button now display a vertical ellipsis (...) as an indicator that more functions are available.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5682\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5683\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5684\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multi-tasking button</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This might be my favorite new feature. On-screen at all times, this buttons triggers a scrollable overlay list of all the apps you have open on the phone displayed in the order you last used them. What\'s even better is the way it displays thumbnails of each app\'s last state so you can quickly identify the one you want.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5693\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Beautiful high-res screen (720x1280 in 4.65\")</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s OLED, it\'s huge, and pretty. Leaving the brightness on \"auto\" leans just a tad dim for my taste, but for now I\'m leaving it on in the interest of battery life.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>32GB of storage</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I was actually pleasantly surprised to see so much internal storage space. I think this was a smart move on Google\'s part since it offsets the sticker shock of paying $299 for a new on-contract phone. $299 puts it at price and storage parity with the 32GB iPhone (except Verizon isn\'t getting the 16GB model and there isn\'t a 64GB). There\'s also a nice visualization of how you\'re using the space (iTunes has had this functionality for iPods and iPhones for years).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5688\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Accurate digitizer</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My Evo had a large screen (4.3\") but the digitizer had a learning curve before I was able to accurately tap small things on-screen</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Quick sharp-focusing camera with rapid shooting</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The camera can utilize the flash as an auto-focus assist light when necessary. The lens supports tap-to-focus. You can take pictures about as fast as you can tap the button on-screen.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>NFC</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I\'m not using this yet, but hardware is the one thing that can\'t change once you buy it, so I\'m glad they kept it in. Hopefully this will translate into some degree of future-proofing or longevity in the future.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Responsive on-screen keyboard</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My standard tactic of \"tap as fast as I can and correct typos later\" works great here. If I rapidly tap out a sentence or two, I normally only have 1 or 2 typos. Note: my soft keyboard typing skills are probably below average due to a long history of using Swype.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Very thin</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Here\'s some comparison shots next to an iPhone 4S.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5703\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5701\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5705\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059-300x159.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"159\" /></a><a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5704\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly textured battery cover</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s a nice texture and fun to hold. It\'s a tad slick (will slide off your jeans if you place it at an angle).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5706\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Type-as-you-speak speech dictation</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Under Gingerbread and earlier versions of Android, dictated text would be recorded and sent up to Google servers for transcription. Under Android 4.0, text is sent in much smaller bursts, maybe per word or per syllable. The end result is that text appears on-screen as you speak, much like using Dragon Dictation or iPhone 4S Siri dictation.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multiple desktop dock options</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><a href=\"http://www.droid-life.com/2011/12/02/samsung-galaxy-nexus-docks-and-chargers-get-a-proper-fondling-prongs-put-to-use/\">Vertical and horizontal desktop docks</a>, and the horizontal uses the charging contacts on the side so it\'s easy to dock and pick up (I hope!)\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5710\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Browser can remember user-agent preferences</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I literally just found this feature as I wrote up this blog post. In the Android 4.0 browser, you can have it masquerade as a full-blown desktop browser (I\'m guessing it spoofs the browser user-agent, but can\'t confirm this). This is handy when you want to view the full version of a site but are only offered the mobile view. This setting is remembered on the phone on a per-domain basis!</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Built-in screenshot functionality</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This has been a huge oversight on Android devices. At certain times in the past, you actually needed a rooted (that\'s jailbroken for you iOS guys) phone just to be able to capture screenshots. I captured all the images in this post on my stock Nexus. Just hold down the power button and the volume-down button to save the current screen.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Neutral</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Slight Android launcher redesign</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Apps in app drawer are paginated in a 4x5 grid. Swipe sideways to go from page to page. My understanding that this is a standard convention for Samsung TouchWiz launchers, but I won\'t swear to it since I\'ve never carried a TouchWiz phone.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly curved screen</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The Galaxy Nexus maintains the slightly curved screen from its predecessor, the Nexus S. It\'s extremely subtle, to the point that no one I\'ve handed my phone to has said, \"Oh hey, the screen is curved\". I often forget it curves at all. Perceived benefits (if any) and minor, so I\'ll put it here on the \"Neutral\" list.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5680\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061-300x68.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"68\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Lows</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>No microSD slot</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This really isn\'t terrible since there\'s 32GB of storage onboard.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Battery life (130 emails, 4G disabled)</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>So here\'s the ugly truth. Battery life ain\'t pretty. Here\'s my raw stats from today (4G disabled, screen birghtness set to auto): off the charger at 7am at 100%, received 130 emails over the course of the workday (I was away from my desk all day, so I read a slightly above average amount of emails on the phone itself), was at 34% at 1:45PM, and was at 4% when I plugged it back in to charge at 6:15PM. So it\'s definitely not pretty. I\'ll be keeping my eyes on extended batteries, but so far the only one I\'ve heard about only extends the stock 1850mA battery to 2100mA, which doesn\'t sound like a huge increase to me.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\nOverall, I\'m thrilled with the phone, and I\'d buy it again in a heartbeat. I\'m also looking forward to the next major CyanogenMod release (CM9) based off the Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich code.','VERIZON SAMSUNG GALAXY NEXUS - THE HIGHS AND LOWS - Draft','','inherit','open','open','','5642-revision-27','','','2011-12-21 16:04:53','2011-12-21 16:04:53','',5642,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5642-revision-27',0,'revision','',0),(5720,35,'2011-12-21 16:13:14','2011-12-21 16:13:14','<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-5708 alignleft\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>\r\n\r\nI received my Samsung Galaxy Nexus on Friday, so I\'ve been using it solidly for a little over 4 days as I write this. I\'m loving it, and it\'s lightyears beyond previous versions of Android. For perspective, my history among smartphones goes back to a <a title=\"Cingular 8125\" href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Wizard\">Cingular 8125</a>, progresses to a Verizon <a title=\"Samsung SCH-i760\" href=\"http://www.gigatrike.com/i760.jpg\">Samsung SCH-i760</a>, takes a bold leap to a <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palm_pre\">Sprint Palm Pre</a> (WebOS was robbed!), a lateral move to a Sprint <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Evo_4G\">HTC Evo 4G</a> (which became a true upgrade once I discovered <a href=\"http://www.cyanogenmod.com/\">CyanogenMod</a>!), and finally a very satisfying step forward to a Verizon Samsung Galaxy Nexus. Here\'s my \"first weekend and two workdays\" impressions:<!--more-->\r\n<h3>Highs</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>New browser app (more on this later), new launcher with a handy shortcut to the Android Market, the notification pulldown lets you swipe to clear individual notifications and has a shortcut to the Settings app, the app launcher now shows a preview gallery of widgets. The settings app also has quick shortcuts to toggle the Wifi and Bluetooth radios.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5681\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5689\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5691\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5686\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5687\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5692\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-49-29.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5690\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-49-29-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Search button move</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Technically this is part of the Android 4.0 bullet above, but it\'s worth calling out on its own. The traditional Android 4-button setup (Home, Menu, Back, and Search in varying orders) has changed in Android 4.0. There are now 3 fulltime buttons (Back, Home, and a dedicated multitask switching button) and a fourth Menu button that appears on an app-by-app basis. Additionally, there is now a fulltime Google search box on the home screen (and on every page of your home screen). This effectively makes the usable screen size much larger. Apps like Youtube go true \"full screen\" and even cover the Home button when you rotate the phone (the buttons reappear when you tap on the screen). Apps that used to hide functionality under the Menu button now display a vertical ellipsis (...) as an indicator that more functions are available.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5682\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5683\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5684\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Multi-tasking button</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This might be my favorite new feature. On-screen at all times, this buttons triggers a scrollable overlay list of all the apps you have open on the phone displayed in the order you last used them. What\'s even better is the way it displays thumbnails of each app\'s last state so you can quickly identify the one you want.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5693\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Beautiful high-res screen (720x1280 in 4.65\")</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>It\'s OLED, it\'s huge, and pretty. Leaving the brightness on \"auto\" leans just a tad dim for my taste, but for now I\'m leaving it on in the interest of battery life.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>32GB of storage</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>I was actually pleasantly surprised to see so much internal storage space. I think this was a smart move on Google\'s part since it offsets the sticker shock of paying $299 for a new on-contract phone. $299 puts it at price and storage parity with the 32GB iPhone (except Verizon isn\'t getting the 16GB model and there isn\'t a 64GB). There\'s also a nice visualization of how you\'re using the space (iTunes has had this functionality for iPods and iPhones for years).\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5688\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Accurate digitizer</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>My Evo had a large screen (4.3\") but the digitizer had a learning curve before I was able to accurately tap small things on-screen</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Quick sharp-focusing camera with rapid shooting</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>The camera can utilize the flash as an auto-focus assist light when necessary. The lens supports tap-to-focus. You can take pictures about as fast as you can tap the button on-screen.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>NFC</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>I\'m not using this yet, but hardware is the one thing that can\'t change once you buy it, so I\'m glad they kept it in. Hopefully this will translate into some degree of future-proofing or longevity in the future.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Responsive on-screen keyboard</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>My standard tactic of \"tap as fast as I can and correct typos later\" works great here. If I rapidly tap out a sentence or two, I normally only have 1 or 2 typos. Note: my soft keyboard typing skills are probably below average due to a long history of using Swype.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Very thin</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Here\'s some comparison shots next to an iPhone 4S.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5703\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5701\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5705\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059-300x159.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"159\" /></a><a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5704\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Slightly textured battery cover</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>It\'s a nice texture and fun to hold. It\'s a tad slick (will slide off your jeans if you place it at an angle).\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5706\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Type-as-you-speak speech dictation</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Under Gingerbread and earlier versions of Android, dictated text would be recorded and sent up to Google servers for transcription. Under Android 4.0, text is sent in much smaller bursts, maybe per word or per syllable. The end result is that text appears on-screen as you speak, much like using Dragon Dictation or iPhone 4S Siri dictation.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Multiple desktop dock options</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><a href=\"http://www.droid-life.com/2011/12/02/samsung-galaxy-nexus-docks-and-chargers-get-a-proper-fondling-prongs-put-to-use/\">Vertical and horizontal desktop docks</a>, and the horizontal uses the charging contacts on the side so it\'s easy to dock and pick up (I hope!)\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5710\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Browser can remember user-agent preferences</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>I literally just found this feature as I wrote up this blog post. In the Android 4.0 browser, you can have it masquerade as a full-blown desktop browser (I\'m guessing it spoofs the browser user-agent, but can\'t confirm this). This is handy when you want to view the full version of a site but are only offered the mobile view. This setting is remembered on the phone on a per-domain basis!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Built-in screenshot functionality</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This has been a huge oversight on Android devices. At certain times in the past, you actually needed a rooted (that\'s jailbroken for you iOS guys) phone just to be able to capture screenshots. I captured all the images in this post on my stock Nexus. Just hold down the power button and the volume-down button to save the current screen.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Neutral</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Slight Android launcher redesign</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Apps in app drawer are paginated in a 4x5 grid. Swipe sideways to go from page to page. My understanding that this is a standard convention for Samsung TouchWiz launchers, but I won\'t swear to it since I\'ve never carried a TouchWiz phone.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Slightly curved screen</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>The Galaxy Nexus maintains the slightly curved screen from its predecessor, the Nexus S. It\'s extremely subtle, to the point that no one I\'ve handed my phone to has said, \"Oh hey, the screen is curved\". I often forget it curves at all. Perceived benefits (if any) and minor, so I\'ll put it here on the \"Neutral\" list.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5680\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061-300x68.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"68\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Lows</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>No microSD slot</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This really isn\'t terrible since there\'s 32GB of storage onboard.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Battery life (130 emails, 4G disabled)</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>So here\'s the ugly truth. Battery life ain\'t pretty. Here\'s my raw stats from today (4G disabled, screen birghtness set to auto): off the charger at 7am at 100%, received 130 emails over the course of the workday (I was away from my desk all day, so I read a slightly above average amount of emails on the phone itself), was at 34% at 1:45PM, and was at 4% when I plugged it back in to charge at 6:15PM. So it\'s definitely not pretty. I\'ll be keeping my eyes on extended batteries, but so far the only one I\'ve heard about only extends the stock 1850mA battery to 2100mA, which doesn\'t sound like a huge increase to me.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\nOverall, I\'m thrilled with the phone, and I\'d buy it again in a heartbeat. I\'m also looking forward to the next major CyanogenMod release (CM9) based off the Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich code.','VERIZON SAMSUNG GALAXY NEXUS - THE HIGHS AND LOWS - Draft','','inherit','open','open','','5642-revision-28','','','2011-12-21 16:13:14','2011-12-21 16:13:14','',5642,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5642-revision-28',0,'revision','',0),(5721,35,'2011-12-21 16:13:19','2011-12-21 16:13:19','<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-5708 alignleft\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>\r\n\r\nI received my Samsung Galaxy Nexus on Friday, so I\'ve been using it solidly for a little over 4 days as I write this. I\'m loving it, and it\'s lightyears beyond previous versions of Android. For perspective, my history among smartphones goes back to a <a title=\"Cingular 8125\" href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Wizard\">Cingular 8125</a>, progresses to a Verizon <a title=\"Samsung SCH-i760\" href=\"http://www.gigatrike.com/i760.jpg\">Samsung SCH-i760</a>, takes a bold leap to a <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palm_pre\">Sprint Palm Pre</a> (WebOS was robbed!), a lateral move to a Sprint <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Evo_4G\">HTC Evo 4G</a> (which became a true upgrade once I discovered <a href=\"http://www.cyanogenmod.com/\">CyanogenMod</a>!), and finally a very satisfying step forward to a Verizon Samsung Galaxy Nexus. Here\'s my \"first weekend and two workdays\" impressions:<!--more-->\r\n<h3>Highs</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>New browser app (more on this later), new launcher with a handy shortcut to the Android Market, the notification pulldown lets you swipe to clear individual notifications and has a shortcut to the Settings app, the app launcher now shows a preview gallery of widgets. The settings app also has quick shortcuts to toggle the Wifi and Bluetooth radios.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5681\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5689\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5691\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5686\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5687\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5692\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-49-29.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5690\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-49-29-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Search button move</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Technically this is part of the Android 4.0 bullet above, but it\'s worth calling out on its own. The traditional Android 4-button setup (Home, Menu, Back, and Search in varying orders) has changed in Android 4.0. There are now 3 fulltime buttons (Back, Home, and a dedicated multitask switching button) and a fourth Menu button that appears on an app-by-app basis. Additionally, there is now a fulltime Google search box on the home screen (and on every page of your home screen). This effectively makes the usable screen size much larger. Apps like Youtube go true \"full screen\" and even cover the Home button when you rotate the phone (the buttons reappear when you tap on the screen). Apps that used to hide functionality under the Menu button now display a vertical ellipsis (...) as an indicator that more functions are available.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5682\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5683\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5684\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Multi-tasking button</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This might be my favorite new feature. On-screen at all times, this buttons triggers a scrollable overlay list of all the apps you have open on the phone displayed in the order you last used them. What\'s even better is the way it displays thumbnails of each app\'s last state so you can quickly identify the one you want.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5693\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Beautiful high-res screen (720x1280 in 4.65\")</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>It\'s OLED, it\'s huge, and pretty. Leaving the brightness on \"auto\" leans just a tad dim for my taste, but for now I\'m leaving it on in the interest of battery life.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>32GB of storage</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>I was actually pleasantly surprised to see so much internal storage space. I think this was a smart move on Google\'s part since it offsets the sticker shock of paying $299 for a new on-contract phone. $299 puts it at price and storage parity with the 32GB iPhone (except Verizon isn\'t getting the 16GB model and there isn\'t a 64GB). There\'s also a nice visualization of how you\'re using the space (iTunes has had this functionality for iPods and iPhones for years).\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5688\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Accurate digitizer</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>My Evo had a large screen (4.3\") but the digitizer had a learning curve before I was able to accurately tap small things on-screen</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Quick sharp-focusing camera with rapid shooting</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>The camera can utilize the flash as an auto-focus assist light when necessary. The lens supports tap-to-focus. You can take pictures about as fast as you can tap the button on-screen.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>NFC</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>I\'m not using this yet, but hardware is the one thing that can\'t change once you buy it, so I\'m glad they kept it in. Hopefully this will translate into some degree of future-proofing or longevity in the future.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Responsive on-screen keyboard</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>My standard tactic of \"tap as fast as I can and correct typos later\" works great here. If I rapidly tap out a sentence or two, I normally only have 1 or 2 typos. Note: my soft keyboard typing skills are probably below average due to a long history of using Swype.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Very thin</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Here\'s some comparison shots next to an iPhone 4S.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5703\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5701\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5705\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059-300x159.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"159\" /></a><a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5704\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Slightly textured battery cover</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>It\'s a nice texture and fun to hold. It\'s a tad slick (will slide off your jeans if you place it at an angle).\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5706\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Type-as-you-speak speech dictation</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Under Gingerbread and earlier versions of Android, dictated text would be recorded and sent up to Google servers for transcription. Under Android 4.0, text is sent in much smaller bursts, maybe per word or per syllable. The end result is that text appears on-screen as you speak, much like using Dragon Dictation or iPhone 4S Siri dictation.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Multiple desktop dock options</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><a href=\"http://www.droid-life.com/2011/12/02/samsung-galaxy-nexus-docks-and-chargers-get-a-proper-fondling-prongs-put-to-use/\">Vertical and horizontal desktop docks</a>, and the horizontal uses the charging contacts on the side so it\'s easy to dock and pick up (I hope!)\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5710\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Browser can remember user-agent preferences</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>I literally just found this feature as I wrote up this blog post. In the Android 4.0 browser, you can have it masquerade as a full-blown desktop browser (I\'m guessing it spoofs the browser user-agent, but can\'t confirm this). This is handy when you want to view the full version of a site but are only offered the mobile view. This setting is remembered on the phone on a per-domain basis!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Built-in screenshot functionality</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This has been a huge oversight on Android devices. At certain times in the past, you actually needed a rooted (that\'s jailbroken for you iOS guys) phone just to be able to capture screenshots. I captured all the images in this post on my stock Nexus. Just hold down the power button and the volume-down button to save the current screen.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Neutral</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Slight Android launcher redesign</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Apps in app drawer are paginated in a 4x5 grid. Swipe sideways to go from page to page. My understanding that this is a standard convention for Samsung TouchWiz launchers, but I won\'t swear to it since I\'ve never carried a TouchWiz phone.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Slightly curved screen</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>The Galaxy Nexus maintains the slightly curved screen from its predecessor, the Nexus S. It\'s extremely subtle, to the point that no one I\'ve handed my phone to has said, \"Oh hey, the screen is curved\". I often forget it curves at all. Perceived benefits (if any) and minor, so I\'ll put it here on the \"Neutral\" list.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5680\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061-300x68.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"68\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Lows</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>No microSD slot</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This really isn\'t terrible since there\'s 32GB of storage onboard.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Battery life (130 emails, 4G disabled)</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>So here\'s the ugly truth. Battery life ain\'t pretty. Here\'s my raw stats from today (4G disabled, screen birghtness set to auto): off the charger at 7am at 100%, received 130 emails over the course of the workday (I was away from my desk all day, so I read a slightly above average amount of emails on the phone itself), was at 34% at 1:45PM, and was at 4% when I plugged it back in to charge at 6:15PM. So it\'s definitely not pretty. I\'ll be keeping my eyes on extended batteries, but so far the only one I\'ve heard about only extends the stock 1850mA battery to 2100mA, which doesn\'t sound like a huge increase to me.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\nOverall, I\'m thrilled with the phone, and I\'d buy it again in a heartbeat. I\'m also looking forward to the next major CyanogenMod release (CM9) based off the Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich code.','VERIZON SAMSUNG GALAXY NEXUS - THE HIGHS AND LOWS - Draft','','inherit','open','open','','5642-revision-29','','','2011-12-21 16:13:19','2011-12-21 16:13:19','',5642,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5642-revision-29',0,'revision','',0),(5722,35,'2011-12-21 16:14:28','2011-12-21 16:14:28','<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-5708 alignleft\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>\n\nI received my Samsung Galaxy Nexus on Friday, so I\'ve been using it solidly for a little over 4 days as I write this. I\'m loving it, and it\'s lightyears beyond previous versions of Android. For perspective, my history among smartphones goes back to a <a title=\"Cingular 8125\" href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Wizard\">Cingular 8125</a>, progresses to a Verizon <a title=\"Samsung SCH-i760\" href=\"http://www.gigatrike.com/i760.jpg\">Samsung SCH-i760</a>, takes a bold leap to a <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palm_pre\">Sprint Palm Pre</a> (WebOS was robbed!), a lateral move to a Sprint <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Evo_4G\">HTC Evo 4G</a> (which became a true upgrade once I discovered <a href=\"http://www.cyanogenmod.com/\">CyanogenMod</a>!), and finally a very satisfying step forward to a Verizon Samsung Galaxy Nexus. Here\'s my \"first weekend and two workdays\" impressions:<!--more-->\n<h3>Highs</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>New browser app (more on this later), new launcher with a handy shortcut to the Android Market, the notification pulldown lets you swipe to clear individual notifications and has a shortcut to the Settings app, and the app launcher now shows a preview gallery of widgets. The settings app also has quick shortcuts to toggle the Wifi and Bluetooth radios. GMail got a facelift, and matches the new GMail web theme nicely.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5681\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5689\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5691\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5686\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5687\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5692\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-49-29.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5690\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-49-29-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Search button move</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Technically this is part of the Android 4.0 bullet above, but it\'s worth calling out on its own. The traditional Android 4-button setup (Home, Menu, Back, and Search in varying orders) has changed in Android 4.0. There are now 3 fulltime buttons (Back, Home, and a dedicated multitask switching button) and a fourth Menu button that appears on an app-by-app basis. Additionally, there is now a fulltime Google search box on the home screen (and on every page of your home screen). This effectively makes the usable screen size much larger. Apps like Youtube go true \"full screen\" and even cover the Home button when you rotate the phone (the buttons reappear when you tap on the screen). Apps that used to hide functionality under the Menu button now display a vertical ellipsis (...) as an indicator that more functions are available.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5682\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5683\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5684\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multi-tasking button</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This might be my favorite new feature. On-screen at all times, this buttons triggers a scrollable overlay list of all the apps you have open on the phone displayed in the order you last used them. What\'s even better is the way it displays thumbnails of each app\'s last state so you can quickly identify the one you want.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5693\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Beautiful high-res screen (720x1280 in 4.65\")</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s OLED, it\'s huge, and pretty. Leaving the brightness on \"auto\" leans just a tad dim for my taste, but for now I\'m leaving it on in the interest of battery life.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>32GB of storage</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I was actually pleasantly surprised to see so much internal storage space. I think this was a smart move on Google\'s part since it offsets the sticker shock of paying $299 for a new on-contract phone. $299 puts it at price and storage parity with the 32GB iPhone (except Verizon isn\'t getting the 16GB model and there isn\'t a 64GB). There\'s also a nice visualization of how you\'re using the space (iTunes has had this functionality for iPods and iPhones for years).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5688\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Accurate digitizer</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My Evo had a large screen (4.3\") but the digitizer had a learning curve before I was able to accurately tap small things on-screen</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Quick sharp-focusing camera with rapid shooting</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The camera can utilize the flash as an auto-focus assist light when necessary. The lens supports tap-to-focus. You can take pictures about as fast as you can tap the button on-screen.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>NFC</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I\'m not using this yet, but hardware is the one thing that can\'t change once you buy it, so I\'m glad they kept it in. Hopefully this will translate into some degree of future-proofing or longevity in the future.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Responsive on-screen keyboard</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My standard tactic of \"tap as fast as I can and correct typos later\" works great here. If I rapidly tap out a sentence or two, I normally only have 1 or 2 typos. Note: my soft keyboard typing skills are probably below average due to a long history of using Swype.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Very thin</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Here\'s some comparison shots next to an iPhone 4S.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5703\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5701\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5705\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059-300x159.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"159\" /></a><a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5704\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly textured battery cover</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s a nice texture and fun to hold. It\'s a tad slick (will slide off your jeans if you place it at an angle).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5706\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Type-as-you-speak speech dictation</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Under Gingerbread and earlier versions of Android, dictated text would be recorded and sent up to Google servers for transcription. Under Android 4.0, text is sent in much smaller bursts, maybe per word or per syllable. The end result is that text appears on-screen as you speak, much like using Dragon Dictation or iPhone 4S Siri dictation.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multiple desktop dock options</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><a href=\"http://www.droid-life.com/2011/12/02/samsung-galaxy-nexus-docks-and-chargers-get-a-proper-fondling-prongs-put-to-use/\">Vertical and horizontal desktop docks</a>, and the horizontal uses the charging contacts on the side so it\'s easy to dock and pick up (I hope!)\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5710\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Browser can remember user-agent preferences</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I literally just found this feature as I wrote up this blog post. In the Android 4.0 browser, you can have it masquerade as a full-blown desktop browser (I\'m guessing it spoofs the browser user-agent, but can\'t confirm this). This is handy when you want to view the full version of a site but are only offered the mobile view. This setting is remembered on the phone on a per-domain basis!</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Built-in screenshot functionality</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This has been a huge oversight on Android devices. At certain times in the past, you actually needed a rooted (that\'s jailbroken for you iOS guys) phone just to be able to capture screenshots. I captured all the images in this post on my stock Nexus. Just hold down the power button and the volume-down button to save the current screen.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Neutral</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Slight Android launcher redesign</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Apps in app drawer are paginated in a 4x5 grid. Swipe sideways to go from page to page. My understanding that this is a standard convention for Samsung TouchWiz launchers, but I won\'t swear to it since I\'ve never carried a TouchWiz phone.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly curved screen</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The Galaxy Nexus maintains the slightly curved screen from its predecessor, the Nexus S. It\'s extremely subtle, to the point that no one I\'ve handed my phone to has said, \"Oh hey, the screen is curved\". I often forget it curves at all. Perceived benefits (if any) and minor, so I\'ll put it here on the \"Neutral\" list.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5680\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061-300x68.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"68\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Lows</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>No microSD slot</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This really isn\'t terrible since there\'s 32GB of storage onboard.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Battery life (130 emails, 4G disabled)</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>So here\'s the ugly truth. Battery life ain\'t pretty. Here\'s my raw stats from today (4G disabled, screen birghtness set to auto): off the charger at 7am at 100%, received 130 emails over the course of the workday (I was away from my desk all day, so I read a slightly above average amount of emails on the phone itself), was at 34% at 1:45PM, and was at 4% when I plugged it back in to charge at 6:15PM. So it\'s definitely not pretty. I\'ll be keeping my eyes on extended batteries, but so far the only one I\'ve heard about only extends the stock 1850mA battery to 2100mA, which doesn\'t sound like a huge increase to me.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\nOverall, I\'m thrilled with the phone, and I\'d buy it again in a heartbeat. I\'m also looking forward to the next major CyanogenMod release (CM9) based off the Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich code.','VERIZON SAMSUNG GALAXY NEXUS - THE HIGHS AND LOWS','','inherit','open','open','','5642-revision-30','','','2011-12-21 16:14:28','2011-12-21 16:14:28','',5642,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5642-revision-30',0,'revision','',0),(5724,35,'2011-12-21 16:21:57','2011-12-21 16:21:57','<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-5708 alignleft\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>\n\nI received my Samsung Galaxy Nexus on Friday, so I\'ve been using it solidly for a little over 4 days as I write this. I\'m loving it, and it\'s lightyears beyond previous versions of Android. For perspective, my history among smartphones goes back to a <a title=\"Cingular 8125\" href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Wizard\">Cingular 8125</a>, progresses to a Verizon <a title=\"Samsung SCH-i760\" href=\"http://www.gigatrike.com/i760.jpg\">Samsung SCH-i760</a>, takes a bold leap to a <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palm_pre\">Sprint Palm Pre</a> (WebOS was robbed!), a lateral move to a Sprint <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Evo_4G\">HTC Evo 4G</a> (which became a true upgrade once I discovered <a href=\"http://www.cyanogenmod.com/\">CyanogenMod</a>!), and finally a very satisfying step forward to a Verizon Samsung Galaxy Nexus. Here\'s my \"first weekend and two workdays\" impressions:<!--more-->\n<h3>Highs</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>New browser app (more on this later), new launcher with a handy shortcut to the Android Market, the notification pulldown lets you swipe to clear individual notifications and has a shortcut to the Settings app, and the app launcher now shows a preview gallery of widgets. The settings app also has quick shortcuts to toggle the Wifi and Bluetooth radios. GMail got a facelift and feels more like the new GMail web theme.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5681\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5689\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5691\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5686\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5687\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5692\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-49-29.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5690\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-49-29-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Search button move</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Technically this is part of the Android 4.0 bullet above, but it\'s worth calling out on its own. The traditional Android 4-button setup (Home, Menu, Back, and Search in varying orders) has changed in Android 4.0. There are now 3 fulltime buttons (Back, Home, and a dedicated multitask switching button) and a fourth Menu button that appears on an app-by-app basis. Additionally, there is now a fulltime Google search box on the home screen (and on every page of your home screen). This effectively makes the usable screen size much larger. Apps like Youtube can go true \"full screen\" and even cover the Home button when you rotate the phone (the buttons reappear when you tap on the screen). Apps that used to hide functionality under the Menu button now display a vertical ellipsis (...) as an indicator that more functions are available.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5682\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5683\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5684\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multi-tasking button</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This might be my favorite new feature. On-screen at all times, this buttons triggers a scrollable overlay list of all the apps you have open on the phone displayed in the order you last used them. What\'s even better is the way it displays thumbnails of each app\'s last state so you can quickly identify the one you want.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5693\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Beautiful high-res screen (720x1280 in 4.65\")</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s OLED, it\'s huge, and pretty. Leaving the brightness on \"auto\" leans just a tad dim for my taste, but for now I\'m leaving it on in the interest of battery life.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>32GB of storage</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I was actually pleasantly surprised to see so much internal storage space. I think this was a smart move on Google\'s part since it offsets the sticker shock of paying $299 for a new on-contract phone. $299 puts it at price and storage parity with the 32GB iPhone (except Verizon isn\'t getting the 16GB model and there isn\'t a 64GB). There\'s also a nice visualization of how you\'re using the space (iTunes has had this functionality for iPods and iPhones for years).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5688\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Accurate digitizer</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My Evo had a large screen (4.3\") but the digitizer had a learning curve before I was able to accurately tap small things on-screen. On the Galaxy Nexus I can quickly and accurately tap small links or buttons on the first try.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Quick sharp-focusing camera with rapid shooting</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The camera can utilize the flash as an auto-focus assist light when necessary. The lens supports tap-to-focus. You can take pictures about as fast as you can tap the button on-screen.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>NFC</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I\'m not using this yet, but hardware is the one thing that can\'t change once you buy it, so I\'m glad they kept it in. Hopefully this will translate into some degree of future-proofing or longevity in the future.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Responsive on-screen keyboard</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My standard tactic of \"tap as fast as I can and correct typos later\" works great here. If I rapidly tap out a few sentences, I normally only have 1 or 2 typos. Note: my soft keyboard typing skills are probably below average due to a long history of using Swype.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Very thin</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Here\'s some comparison shots next to an iPhone 4S.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5703\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5701\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5705\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059-300x159.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"159\" /></a><a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5704\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly textured battery cover</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s a nice texture and fun to hold. It\'s a tad slick (will slide off your jeans if you place it at an angle).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5706\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Type-as-you-speak speech dictation</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Under Gingerbread and earlier versions of Android, dictated text would be recorded and sent up to Google servers for transcription. Under Android 4.0, text is sent in much smaller bursts, maybe per word or per syllable. The end result is that text appears on-screen as you speak, much like using Dragon Dictation or iPhone 4S Siri dictation.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multiple desktop dock options</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><a href=\"http://www.droid-life.com/2011/12/02/samsung-galaxy-nexus-docks-and-chargers-get-a-proper-fondling-prongs-put-to-use/\">Vertical and horizontal desktop docks</a>, and the horizontal one uses the charging contacts on the side of the phone so it\'s easy to dock and pick up (I hope!)\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5710\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Browser can remember user-agent preferences</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I literally just found this feature as I wrote up this blog post. In the Android 4.0 browser, you can have it masquerade as a full-blown desktop browser (I\'m guessing it spoofs the browser user-agent, but can\'t confirm this). This is handy when you want to view the full version of a site but are only offered the mobile view. This setting is remembered on the phone on a per-domain basis!</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Built-in screenshot functionality</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This has been a huge oversight on Android devices. At certain times in the past, you actually needed a rooted (that\'s jailbroken for you iOS guys) phone just to be able to capture screenshots. I captured all the images in this post on my stock Nexus. Just hold down the power button and the volume-down button to save the current screen.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Neutral</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Slight Android launcher redesign</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Apps in app drawer are paginated in a 4x5 grid. Swipe sideways to go from page to page. My understanding that this is a standard convention for Samsung TouchWiz launchers, but I won\'t swear to it since I\'ve never carried a TouchWiz phone. It might be a small usability upgrade since you can now remember, \"Oh yeah, third app on the second page\" rather than picking one app out of a single long list.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly curved screen</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The Galaxy Nexus maintains the slightly curved screen from its predecessor, the Nexus S. It\'s extremely subtle, to the point that no one I\'ve handed my phone to has said, \"Oh hey, the screen is curved\". I often forget it curves at all. Perceived benefits (if any) are minor, so I\'ll put it here on the \"Neutral\" list.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5680\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061-300x68.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"68\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Lows</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>No microSD slot</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This really isn\'t terrible since there\'s 32GB of storage onboard.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Battery life (130 emails, 4G disabled)</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>So here\'s the ugly truth. Battery life ain\'t pretty. Here\'s my raw stats from my first  (4G disabled, screen birghtness set to auto): off the charger at 7am at 100%, received 130 emails over the course of the workday (I was away from my desk all day, so I read a slightly above average amount of emails on the phone itself), was at 34% at 1:45PM, and was at 4% when I plugged it back in to charge at 6:15PM. So it\'s definitely not pretty. I\'ll be keeping my eyes on extended batteries, but so far the only one I\'ve heard about only extends the stock 1850mA battery to 2100mA, which doesn\'t sound like a huge increase to me.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\nOverall, I\'m thrilled with the phone, and I\'d buy it again in a heartbeat. I\'m also looking forward to the next major CyanogenMod release (CM9) based off the Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich code.','VERIZON SAMSUNG GALAXY NEXUS - THE HIGHS AND LOWS','','inherit','open','open','','5642-revision-32','','','2011-12-21 16:21:57','2011-12-21 16:21:57','',5642,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5642-revision-32',0,'revision','',0),(5723,35,'2011-12-21 16:14:55','2011-12-21 16:14:55','<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-5708 alignleft\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>\r\n\r\nI received my Samsung Galaxy Nexus on Friday, so I\'ve been using it solidly for a little over 4 days as I write this. I\'m loving it, and it\'s lightyears beyond previous versions of Android. For perspective, my history among smartphones goes back to a <a title=\"Cingular 8125\" href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Wizard\">Cingular 8125</a>, progresses to a Verizon <a title=\"Samsung SCH-i760\" href=\"http://www.gigatrike.com/i760.jpg\">Samsung SCH-i760</a>, takes a bold leap to a <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palm_pre\">Sprint Palm Pre</a> (WebOS was robbed!), a lateral move to a Sprint <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Evo_4G\">HTC Evo 4G</a> (which became a true upgrade once I discovered <a href=\"http://www.cyanogenmod.com/\">CyanogenMod</a>!), and finally a very satisfying step forward to a Verizon Samsung Galaxy Nexus. Here\'s my \"first weekend and two workdays\" impressions:<!--more-->\r\n<h3>Highs</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>New browser app (more on this later), new launcher with a handy shortcut to the Android Market, the notification pulldown lets you swipe to clear individual notifications and has a shortcut to the Settings app, and the app launcher now shows a preview gallery of widgets. The settings app also has quick shortcuts to toggle the Wifi and Bluetooth radios. GMail got a facelift and feels more like the new GMail web theme.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5681\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5689\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5691\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5686\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5687\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5692\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-49-29.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5690\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-49-29-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Search button move</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Technically this is part of the Android 4.0 bullet above, but it\'s worth calling out on its own. The traditional Android 4-button setup (Home, Menu, Back, and Search in varying orders) has changed in Android 4.0. There are now 3 fulltime buttons (Back, Home, and a dedicated multitask switching button) and a fourth Menu button that appears on an app-by-app basis. Additionally, there is now a fulltime Google search box on the home screen (and on every page of your home screen). This effectively makes the usable screen size much larger. Apps like Youtube go true \"full screen\" and even cover the Home button when you rotate the phone (the buttons reappear when you tap on the screen). Apps that used to hide functionality under the Menu button now display a vertical ellipsis (...) as an indicator that more functions are available.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5682\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5683\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5684\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Multi-tasking button</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This might be my favorite new feature. On-screen at all times, this buttons triggers a scrollable overlay list of all the apps you have open on the phone displayed in the order you last used them. What\'s even better is the way it displays thumbnails of each app\'s last state so you can quickly identify the one you want.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5693\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Beautiful high-res screen (720x1280 in 4.65\")</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>It\'s OLED, it\'s huge, and pretty. Leaving the brightness on \"auto\" leans just a tad dim for my taste, but for now I\'m leaving it on in the interest of battery life.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>32GB of storage</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>I was actually pleasantly surprised to see so much internal storage space. I think this was a smart move on Google\'s part since it offsets the sticker shock of paying $299 for a new on-contract phone. $299 puts it at price and storage parity with the 32GB iPhone (except Verizon isn\'t getting the 16GB model and there isn\'t a 64GB). There\'s also a nice visualization of how you\'re using the space (iTunes has had this functionality for iPods and iPhones for years).\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5688\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Accurate digitizer</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>My Evo had a large screen (4.3\") but the digitizer had a learning curve before I was able to accurately tap small things on-screen</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Quick sharp-focusing camera with rapid shooting</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>The camera can utilize the flash as an auto-focus assist light when necessary. The lens supports tap-to-focus. You can take pictures about as fast as you can tap the button on-screen.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>NFC</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>I\'m not using this yet, but hardware is the one thing that can\'t change once you buy it, so I\'m glad they kept it in. Hopefully this will translate into some degree of future-proofing or longevity in the future.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Responsive on-screen keyboard</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>My standard tactic of \"tap as fast as I can and correct typos later\" works great here. If I rapidly tap out a sentence or two, I normally only have 1 or 2 typos. Note: my soft keyboard typing skills are probably below average due to a long history of using Swype.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Very thin</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Here\'s some comparison shots next to an iPhone 4S.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5703\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5701\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5705\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059-300x159.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"159\" /></a><a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5704\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Slightly textured battery cover</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>It\'s a nice texture and fun to hold. It\'s a tad slick (will slide off your jeans if you place it at an angle).\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5706\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Type-as-you-speak speech dictation</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Under Gingerbread and earlier versions of Android, dictated text would be recorded and sent up to Google servers for transcription. Under Android 4.0, text is sent in much smaller bursts, maybe per word or per syllable. The end result is that text appears on-screen as you speak, much like using Dragon Dictation or iPhone 4S Siri dictation.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Multiple desktop dock options</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><a href=\"http://www.droid-life.com/2011/12/02/samsung-galaxy-nexus-docks-and-chargers-get-a-proper-fondling-prongs-put-to-use/\">Vertical and horizontal desktop docks</a>, and the horizontal uses the charging contacts on the side so it\'s easy to dock and pick up (I hope!)\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5710\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Browser can remember user-agent preferences</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>I literally just found this feature as I wrote up this blog post. In the Android 4.0 browser, you can have it masquerade as a full-blown desktop browser (I\'m guessing it spoofs the browser user-agent, but can\'t confirm this). This is handy when you want to view the full version of a site but are only offered the mobile view. This setting is remembered on the phone on a per-domain basis!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Built-in screenshot functionality</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This has been a huge oversight on Android devices. At certain times in the past, you actually needed a rooted (that\'s jailbroken for you iOS guys) phone just to be able to capture screenshots. I captured all the images in this post on my stock Nexus. Just hold down the power button and the volume-down button to save the current screen.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Neutral</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Slight Android launcher redesign</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Apps in app drawer are paginated in a 4x5 grid. Swipe sideways to go from page to page. My understanding that this is a standard convention for Samsung TouchWiz launchers, but I won\'t swear to it since I\'ve never carried a TouchWiz phone.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Slightly curved screen</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>The Galaxy Nexus maintains the slightly curved screen from its predecessor, the Nexus S. It\'s extremely subtle, to the point that no one I\'ve handed my phone to has said, \"Oh hey, the screen is curved\". I often forget it curves at all. Perceived benefits (if any) and minor, so I\'ll put it here on the \"Neutral\" list.\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5680\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061-300x68.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"68\" /></a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Lows</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>No microSD slot</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This really isn\'t terrible since there\'s 32GB of storage onboard.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>Battery life (130 emails, 4G disabled)</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>So here\'s the ugly truth. Battery life ain\'t pretty. Here\'s my raw stats from today (4G disabled, screen birghtness set to auto): off the charger at 7am at 100%, received 130 emails over the course of the workday (I was away from my desk all day, so I read a slightly above average amount of emails on the phone itself), was at 34% at 1:45PM, and was at 4% when I plugged it back in to charge at 6:15PM. So it\'s definitely not pretty. I\'ll be keeping my eyes on extended batteries, but so far the only one I\'ve heard about only extends the stock 1850mA battery to 2100mA, which doesn\'t sound like a huge increase to me.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\nOverall, I\'m thrilled with the phone, and I\'d buy it again in a heartbeat. I\'m also looking forward to the next major CyanogenMod release (CM9) based off the Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich code.','VERIZON SAMSUNG GALAXY NEXUS - THE HIGHS AND LOWS','','inherit','open','open','','5642-revision-31','','','2011-12-21 16:14:55','2011-12-21 16:14:55','',5642,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5642-revision-31',0,'revision','',0),(5725,35,'2011-12-21 16:24:30','2011-12-21 16:24:30','<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-5708 alignleft\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>\n\nI received my Samsung Galaxy Nexus on Friday, so I\'ve been using it solidly for a little over 4 days as I write this. I\'m loving it, and it\'s lightyears beyond previous versions of Android. For perspective, my history among smartphones goes back to a <a title=\"Cingular 8125\" href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Wizard\">Cingular 8125</a>, progresses to a Verizon <a title=\"Samsung SCH-i760\" href=\"http://www.gigatrike.com/i760.jpg\">Samsung SCH-i760</a>, takes a bold leap to a <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palm_pre\">Sprint Palm Pre</a> (WebOS was robbed!), a lateral move to a Sprint <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Evo_4G\">HTC Evo 4G</a> (which became a true upgrade once I discovered <a href=\"http://www.cyanogenmod.com/\">CyanogenMod</a>!), and finally a very satisfying step forward to a Verizon Samsung Galaxy Nexus. Here\'s my \"first weekend and two workdays\" impressions:<!--more-->\n<h3>Highs</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>New browser app (more on this later), new launcher with a handy shortcut to the Android Market, the notification pulldown lets you swipe to clear individual notifications and has a shortcut to the Settings app, and the app launcher now shows a preview gallery of widgets. The settings app also has quick shortcuts to toggle the Wifi and Bluetooth radios. GMail got a facelift and feels more like the new GMail web theme.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5681\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5689\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5691\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5686\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5687\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5692\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-49-29.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5690\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-49-29-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Search button move</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Technically this is part of the Android 4.0 bullet above, but it\'s worth calling out on its own. The traditional Android 4-button setup (Home, Menu, Back, and Search in varying orders) has changed in Android 4.0. There are now 3 fulltime buttons (Back, Home, and a dedicated multitask switching button) and a fourth Menu button that appears on an app-by-app basis. Additionally, there is now a fulltime Google search box on the home screen (and on every page of your home screen). This effectively makes the usable screen size much larger. Apps like Youtube can go true \"full screen\" and even cover the Home button when you rotate the phone (the buttons reappear when you tap on the screen). Apps that used to hide functionality under the Menu button now display a vertical ellipsis (...) as an indicator that more functions are available.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5682\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5683\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5684\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multi-tasking button</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This might be my favorite new feature. On-screen at all times, this buttons triggers a scrollable overlay list of all the apps you have open on the phone displayed in the order you last used them. What\'s even better is the way it displays thumbnails of each app\'s last state so you can quickly identify the one you want.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5693\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Beautiful high-res screen (720x1280 in 4.65\")</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s OLED, it\'s huge, and pretty. Leaving the brightness on \"auto\" leans just a tad dim for my taste, but for now I\'m leaving it on in the interest of battery life.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>32GB of storage</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I was actually pleasantly surprised to see so much internal storage space. I think this was a smart move on Google\'s part since it offsets the sticker shock of paying $299 for a new on-contract phone. $299 puts it at price and storage parity with the 32GB iPhone (except Verizon isn\'t getting the 16GB model and there isn\'t a 64GB). There\'s also a nice visualization of how you\'re using the space (iTunes has had this functionality for iPods and iPhones for years).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5688\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Accurate digitizer</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My Evo had a large screen (4.3\") but the digitizer had a learning curve before I was able to accurately tap small things on-screen. On the Galaxy Nexus I can quickly and accurately tap small links or buttons on the first try.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Quick sharp-focusing camera with rapid shooting</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The camera can utilize the flash as an auto-focus assist light when necessary. The lens supports tap-to-focus. You can take pictures about as fast as you can tap the button on-screen.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>NFC</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I\'m not using this yet, but hardware is the one thing that can\'t change once you buy it, so I\'m glad they kept it in. Hopefully this will translate into some degree of future-proofing or longevity in the future.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Responsive on-screen keyboard</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My standard tactic of \"tap as fast as I can and correct typos later\" works great here. If I rapidly tap out a few sentences, I normally only have 1 or 2 typos. Note: my soft keyboard typing skills are probably below average due to a long history of using Swype.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Very thin</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Here\'s some comparison shots next to an iPhone 4S.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5703\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5701\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5705\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059-300x159.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"159\" /></a><a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5704\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly textured battery cover</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s a nice texture and fun to hold. It\'s a tad slick (will slide off your jeans if you place it at an angle).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5706\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Type-as-you-speak speech dictation</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Under Gingerbread and earlier versions of Android, dictated text would be recorded and sent up to Google servers for transcription. Under Android 4.0, text is sent in much smaller bursts, maybe per word or per syllable. The end result is that text appears on-screen as you speak, much like using Dragon Dictation or iPhone 4S Siri dictation.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multiple desktop dock options</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><a href=\"http://www.droid-life.com/2011/12/02/samsung-galaxy-nexus-docks-and-chargers-get-a-proper-fondling-prongs-put-to-use/\">Vertical and horizontal desktop docks</a>, and the horizontal one uses the charging contacts on the side of the phone so it\'s easy to dock and pick up (I hope!)\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5710\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Browser can remember user-agent preferences</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I literally just found this feature as I wrote up this blog post. In the Android 4.0 browser, you can have it masquerade as a full-blown desktop browser (I\'m guessing it spoofs the browser user-agent, but can\'t confirm this). This is handy when you want to view the full version of a site but are only offered the mobile view. This setting is remembered on the phone on a per-domain basis!</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Built-in screenshot functionality</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This has been a huge oversight on Android devices. At certain times in the past, you actually needed a rooted (that\'s jailbroken for you iOS guys) phone just to be able to capture screenshots. I captured all the images in this post on my stock Nexus. Just hold down the power button and the volume-down button to save the current screen.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Neutral</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Slight Android launcher redesign</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Apps in app drawer are paginated in a 4x5 grid. Swipe sideways to go from page to page. My understanding that this is a standard convention for Samsung TouchWiz launchers, but I won\'t swear to it since I\'ve never carried a TouchWiz phone. It might be a small usability upgrade since you can now remember, \"Oh yeah, third app on the second page\" rather than picking one app out of a single long list.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly curved screen</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The Galaxy Nexus maintains the slightly curved screen from its predecessor, the Nexus S. It\'s extremely subtle, to the point that no one I\'ve handed my phone to has said, \"Oh hey, the screen is curved\". I often forget it curves at all. Perceived benefits (if any) are minor, so I\'ll put it here on the \"Neutral\" list.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5680\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061-300x68.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"68\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Lows</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>No microSD slot</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This really isn\'t terrible since there\'s 32GB of storage onboard.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Battery life (130 emails, 4G disabled)</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>So here\'s the ugly truth. Battery life ain\'t pretty. Here\'s my raw stats from my first full workday with the phone (4G disabled, screen brightness set to auto): off the charger at 7am at 100%, received 130 emails over the course of the workday (I was away from my desk all day, so I read a slightly above average amount of emails on the phone itself), was at 34% at 1:45PM, and was at 4% when I plugged it back in to charge at 6:15PM. So it\'s definitely not an endurance phone. I\'ll be keeping my eyes on extended batteries, but so far the only one I\'ve heard about only extends the stock 1850mA battery to 2100mA, which doesn\'t sound like a huge increase to me.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\nOverall, I\'m thrilled with the phone, and I\'d buy it again in a heartbeat. I\'m also looking forward to the next major CyanogenMod release (CM9) based off the Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich code.','VERIZON SAMSUNG GALAXY NEXUS - THE HIGHS AND LOWS','','inherit','open','open','','5642-revision-33','','','2011-12-21 16:24:30','2011-12-21 16:24:30','',5642,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5642-revision-33',0,'revision','',0),(5726,35,'2011-12-21 16:26:30','2011-12-21 16:26:30','<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-5708 alignleft\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1063-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>\n\nI received my Samsung Galaxy Nexus on Friday, so I\'ve been using it solidly for a little over 4 days as I write this. I\'m loving it, and it\'s lightyears beyond previous versions of Android. For perspective, my history among smartphones goes back to a <a title=\"Cingular 8125\" href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Wizard\">Cingular 8125</a>, progresses to a Verizon <a title=\"Samsung SCH-i760\" href=\"http://www.gigatrike.com/i760.jpg\">Samsung SCH-i760</a>, takes a bold leap to a <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palm_pre\">Sprint Palm Pre</a> (WebOS was robbed!), a lateral move to a Sprint <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTC_Evo_4G\">HTC Evo 4G</a> (which became a true upgrade once I discovered <a href=\"http://www.cyanogenmod.com/\">CyanogenMod</a>!), and finally a very satisfying step forward to a Verizon Samsung Galaxy Nexus. Here\'s my \"first weekend and two workdays\" impressions:<!--more-->\n<h3>Highs</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>New browser app (more on this later), new launcher with a handy shortcut to the Android Market, the notification pulldown lets you swipe to clear individual notifications and has a shortcut to the Settings app, and the app launcher now shows a preview gallery of widgets. The settings app also has quick shortcuts to toggle the Wifi and Bluetooth radios. GMail got a facelift and feels more like the new GMail web theme.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5681\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-19-54-02-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5689\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-18-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5691\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-00-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5686\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-50-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5687\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-12-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5692\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-04-06-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-49-29.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5690\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-49-29-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Search button move</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Technically this is part of the Android 4.0 bullet above, but it\'s worth calling out on its own. The traditional Android 4-button setup (Home, Menu, Back, and Search in varying orders) has changed in Android 4.0. There are now 3 fulltime buttons (Back, Home, and a dedicated multitask switching button) and a fourth Menu button that appears on an app-by-app basis. Additionally, there is now a fulltime Google search box on the home screen (and on every page of your home screen). This effectively makes the usable screen size much larger. Apps like Youtube can go true \"full screen\" and even cover the Home button when you rotate the phone (the buttons reappear when you tap on the screen). Apps that used to hide functionality under the Menu button now display a vertical ellipsis (...) as an indicator that more functions are available.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5682\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-13-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5683\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-18-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5684\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-09-36-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multi-tasking button</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This might be my favorite new feature. On-screen at all times, this buttons triggers a scrollable overlay list of all the apps you have open on the phone displayed in the order you last used them. What\'s even better is the way it displays thumbnails of each app\'s last state so you can quickly identify the one you want.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5693\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-21-27-25-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Beautiful high-res screen (720x1280 in 4.65\")</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s OLED, it\'s huge, and pretty. Leaving the brightness on \"auto\" leans just a tad dim for my taste, but for now I\'m leaving it on in the interest of battery life.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>32GB of storage</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I was actually pleasantly surprised to see so much internal storage space. I think this was a smart move on Google\'s part since it offsets the sticker shock of paying $299 for a new on-contract phone. $299 puts it at price and storage parity with the 32GB iPhone (except Verizon isn\'t getting the 16GB model and there isn\'t a 64GB). There\'s also a nice visualization of how you\'re using the space (iTunes has had this functionality for iPods and iPhones for years).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5688\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Screenshot_2011-12-19-20-10-23-168x300.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"168\" height=\"300\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Accurate digitizer</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My Evo had a large screen (4.3\") but the digitizer had a learning curve before I was able to accurately tap small things on-screen. On the Galaxy Nexus I can quickly and accurately tap small links or buttons on the first try.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Quick sharp-focusing camera with rapid shooting</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The camera can utilize the flash as an auto-focus assist light when necessary. The lens supports tap-to-focus. You can take pictures about as fast as you can tap the button on-screen.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>NFC</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I\'m not using this yet, but hardware is the one thing that can\'t change once you buy it, so I\'m glad they kept it in. Hopefully this will translate into some degree of future-proofing or longevity in the future.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Responsive on-screen keyboard</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>My standard tactic of \"tap as fast as I can and correct typos later\" works great here. If I rapidly tap out a few sentences, I normally only have 1 or 2 typos. Note: my soft keyboard typing skills are probably below average due to a long history of using Swype.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Very thin</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Here\'s some comparison shots next to an iPhone 4S.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5703\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1057-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5701\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1055-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a>   <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5705\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1059-300x159.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"159\" /></a><a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5704\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1058-300x121.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"121\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly textured battery cover</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>It\'s a nice texture and fun to hold. It\'s a tad slick (will slide off your jeans if you place it at an angle).\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5706\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1060-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Type-as-you-speak speech dictation</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Under Gingerbread and earlier versions of Android, dictated text would be recorded and sent up to Google servers for transcription. Under Android 4.0, text is sent in much smaller bursts, maybe per word or per syllable. The end result is that text appears on-screen as you speak, much like using Dragon Dictation or iPhone 4S Siri dictation.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Multiple desktop dock options</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><a href=\"http://www.droid-life.com/2011/12/02/samsung-galaxy-nexus-docks-and-chargers-get-a-proper-fondling-prongs-put-to-use/\">Vertical and horizontal desktop docks</a>, and the horizontal one uses the charging contacts on the side of the phone so it\'s easy to dock and pick up (I hope!)\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5710\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1065-300x225.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Browser can remember user-agent preferences</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>I literally just found this feature as I wrote up this blog post. In the Android 4.0 browser, you can have it masquerade as a full-blown desktop browser (I\'m guessing it spoofs the browser user-agent, but can\'t confirm this). This is handy when you want to view the full version of a site but are only offered the mobile view. This setting is remembered on the phone on a per-domain basis!</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Built-in screenshot functionality</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This has been a huge oversight on Android devices. At certain times in the past, you actually needed a rooted (that\'s jailbroken for you iOS guys) phone just to be able to capture screenshots. I captured all the images in this post on my stock Nexus. Just hold down the power button and the volume-down button to save the current screen.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Neutral</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Slight Android launcher redesign</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>Apps in app drawer are paginated in a 4x5 grid. Swipe sideways to go from page to page. My understanding that this is a standard convention for Samsung TouchWiz launchers, but I won\'t swear to it since I\'ve never carried a TouchWiz phone. It might be a small usability upgrade since you can now remember, \"Oh yeah, third app on the second page\" rather than picking one app out of a single long list.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Slightly curved screen</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>The Galaxy Nexus maintains the slightly curved screen from its predecessor, the Nexus S. It\'s extremely subtle, to the point that no one I\'ve handed my phone to has said, \"Oh hey, the screen is curved\". I often forget it curves at all. Perceived benefits (if any) are minor, so I\'ll put it here on the \"Neutral\" list.\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5680\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/IMG_1061-300x68.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"68\" /></a></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n<h3>Lows</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>No microSD slot</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This really isn\'t terrible since there\'s 32GB of storage onboard.</li>\n</ul>\n	<li>Battery life (130 emails, 4G disabled)</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>So here\'s the ugly truth. Battery life ain\'t pretty. Here\'s my raw stats from my first full workday with the phone (4G disabled, screen brightness set to auto): off the charger at 7am at 100%, received 130 emails over the course of the workday (I was away from my desk all day, so I read a slightly above average amount of emails on the phone itself), was at 34% at 1:45PM, and was at 4% when I plugged it back in to charge at 6:15PM. So it\'s definitely not an endurance phone. I\'ll be keeping my eyes on extended batteries, but so far the only one I\'ve heard about only extends the stock 1850mA battery to 2100mA, which doesn\'t sound like a huge increase to me.</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\nOverall, I\'m thrilled with the phone, and I\'d buy it again in a heartbeat. I\'m also looking forward to the next major CyanogenMod release (CM9) based off the Android 4.0 Ice Cream Sandwich code.','VERIZON SAMSUNG GALAXY NEXUS - THE HIGHS AND LOWS','','inherit','open','open','','5642-autosave','','','2011-12-21 16:26:30','2011-12-21 16:26:30','',5642,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5642-autosave',0,'revision','',0),(5859,44,'2012-01-23 21:16:46','2012-01-23 21:16:46','In reading the <a href=\"https://www.vmware.com/support/srm/srm_releasenotes_5_0_0.html\">SRM 5 release notes </a>I came across an interesting and unexpected limitation that may reduce the viability of VMware Replication for some customers:\r\n\r\n<strong>Large Disks Perform Full Sync Unnecessarily</strong>\r\n\r\nWhen disks larger than 256GB are protected using vSphere Replication (VR), any operation that causes an internal restart of the virtual disk device causes the disk to complete a full sync. Internal restarts occur any time:\r\n<ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>A virtual machine is restarted</li>\r\n	<li>A virtual machine is vMotioned</li>\r\n	<li>A virtual machine is reconfigured</li>\r\n	<li>A snapshot is taken of a virtual machine</li>\r\n	<li>Replication is paused and resumed</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\nThe full sync is initiated by ESX, and any resolution to this issue would involve an update to ESX. These syncs involve additional I/O to both the protected and recovery site disks, which often takes longer than the Recovery Point Objective (RPO), resulting in a missed RPO target. To avoid this issue, use smaller disks.','VMWARE REPLICATION PERFORMS UNNECESSARY FULL SYNC WITH DISKS LARGER THAN 256GB','','publish','open','open','','vmware-replication-performs-unnecessary-full-sync-with-disks-larger-than-256gb','','','2012-01-23 21:16:46','2012-01-23 21:16:46','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5859',0,'post','',0),(5728,6,'2011-12-22 20:29:29','2011-12-22 20:29:29','The Beta of Symantec\'s newest version of Backup Exec (2012) will be covered in a top-to-bottom 3 Part Series. We\'ll take a good look at the new features, discuss the improved functionality, and re-worked interface of Backup Exec 2012.\r\n\r\nStay tuned for more information on the Backup Exec 2012 Beta, as it swings into full gear. A preliminary look at some of the new features includes:\r\n\r\n* Improved reporting and transparency in VMware (V-Ray Technology)\r\n\r\n* Redesigned Interface\r\n\r\n* Kaseya Plug-In - gathers history, alerts, and device status from all monitored Backup Exec servers\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nStay tuned as there is more to come in this upcoming 3 Part Series.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nWhat issues have you had with Backup Exec over the years? What would you like too see in the newest version? Submit your comments and I\'ll send them over to Backup Exec.','EGROUP PARTICIPATING IN SYMANTEC BACKUP EXEC 2012 BETA','','publish','open','open','','egroup-participating-in-symantec-backup-exec-2012-beta','','','2011-12-22 20:29:29','2011-12-22 20:29:29','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5728',0,'post','',0),(5729,6,'2011-12-22 20:23:47','2011-12-22 20:23:47','The Beta of Symantec\'s newest version of Backup Exec (2012) will thoroughly covered a top to bottom 3 Part Series. We\'ll take a good look at the new features, discuss the improved functionality, and re-worked de of Backup Exec 2012. Stay tuned for more information on the Backup Exec 2012 Beta, as it swings into full gear. A preliminary look at some of the new features includes:\n\n* Improved reporting and transparency in VMware (V-Ray Technology)\n\n* Redesigned Interface\n\n* Kaseya Plug-In - gathers history, alerts, and device status from all monitored Backup Exec servers\n\n&nbsp;\n\nStay tuned as there is more to come in this upcoming 3 Part Series\n\n&nbsp;\n\nWhat issues have you had with Backup Exec over the years? What would you like too see in the newest version? Submit your comments and I\'ll send them over to Backup Exec.','EGROUP PARTICIPATING IN SYMANTEC BACKUP EXEC 2012 BETA','','inherit','open','open','','5728-revision','','','2011-12-22 20:23:47','2011-12-22 20:23:47','',5728,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5728-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5730,6,'2011-12-22 20:24:46','2011-12-22 20:24:46','The Beta of Symantec\'s newest version of Backup Exec (2012) will thoroughly covered a top to bottom 3 Part Series. We\'ll take a good look at the new features, discuss the improved functionality, and re-worked interface of Backup Exec 2012.\n\nStay tuned for more information on the Backup Exec 2012 Beta, as it swings into full gear. A preliminary look at some of the new features includes:\n\n* Improved reporting and transparency in VMware (V-Ray Technology)\n\n* Redesigned Interface\n\n* Kaseya Plug-In - gathers history, alerts, and device status from all monitored Backup Exec servers\n\n&nbsp;\n\nStay tuned as there is more to come in this upcoming 3 Part Series.\n\n&nbsp;\n\nWhat issues have you had with Backup Exec over the years? What would you like too see in the newest version? Submit your comments and I\'ll send them over to Backup Exec.','EGROUP PARTICIPATING IN SYMANTEC BACKUP EXEC 2012 BETA','','inherit','open','open','','5728-revision-2','','','2011-12-22 20:24:46','2011-12-22 20:24:46','',5728,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5728-revision-2',0,'revision','',0),(5731,6,'2011-12-22 20:30:35','2011-12-22 20:30:35','The Beta of Symantec\'s newest version of Backup Exec (2012) will be covered in a top-to-bottom 3 Part Series. We\'ll take a good look at the new features, discuss the improved functionality, and re-worked interface of Backup Exec 2012.\n\nStay tuned for more information on the Backup Exec 2012 Beta, as it swings into full gear. A preliminary look at some of the new features includes:\n\n* Improved reporting and transparency in VMware (V-Ray Technology)\n\n* Redesigned Interface\n\n* Kaseya Plug-In - gathers history, alerts, and device status from all monitored Backup Exec servers\n\n&nbsp;\n\nStay tuned as there is more to come in this upcoming 3 Part Series.\n\n&nbsp;\n\nWhat issues have you had with Backup Exec over the years? What would you like too see in the newest version? Submit your comments and I\'ll send them over to Backup Exec.','EGROUP PARTICIPATING IN SYMANTEC BACKUP EXEC 2012 BETA','','inherit','open','open','','5728-autosave','','','2011-12-22 20:30:35','2011-12-22 20:30:35','',5728,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5728-autosave',0,'revision','',0),(5732,6,'2011-12-22 20:40:34','2011-12-22 20:40:34','OfficeScan now uses up to <strong>60% fewer resources</strong> than leading competitors, freeing up critical resources for your applications, delivering stronger performance and more efficient endpoint protection. Trend\'s latest offering in the OfficeScan suite is version 10.6 and it running ligther and protecting more than ever.\r\n\r\nMost notable is the new Data Loss Prevention (DLP) plug-in for real time inspection to further reduce security risks. DLP is designed to improve visibility of data usage of risky business processes. Data is monitored and fully protected.\r\n\r\nAlso VDI Optimization is built in to OfficeScan 10.6.\r\n\r\n<strong>Leaner Performance Cuts Cost</strong>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Delivers annual savings of over $100 per user – proven by independent tests</li>\r\n	<li>Extends PC lifecycle to lower hardware replacement costs</li>\r\n	<li>Reduces costs associated with cleaning infected PCs</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<strong>Protects Better</strong>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Protects 55% better than Symantec and McAfee</li>\r\n	<li>Delivers the strongest endpoint protection – proven in real world tests</li>\r\n	<li>Prevents damage from infection, identity theft and more</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nLearn more about how Trend Micro\'s OfficeScan can help you protect your devices:\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://us.trendmicro.com/us/products/enterprise/officescan/video/dlp/index.html\">Trend Micro 10.6</a>','OFFICESCAN 10.6 NOW USING 60% FEWER RESOURCES','','publish','open','open','','officescan-10-6-now-using-60-fewer-resources','','','2011-12-22 20:42:12','2011-12-22 20:42:12','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5732',0,'post','',0),(5733,6,'2011-12-22 20:35:55','2011-12-22 20:35:55','OfficeScan now uses up to <strong>60% fewer resources</strong> than leading competitors, freeing up critical reserves for your user’s application, delivering stronger performance and more efficient endpoint protection. Trend\'s latest offering in the OfficeScan suite is version 10.6 and it running ligther and protecting more than ever.\n<h2>Leaner Performance Cuts Cost</h2>\n<ul>\n	<li>Delivers annual savings of over <strong>$100 per user</strong> – proven by independent tests</li>\n	<li>Extends PC lifecycle to lower hardware replacement costs</li>\n	<li>Reduces costs associated with cleaning infected PCs</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>Protects Better</h2>\n<ul>\n	<li>Protects <strong>55% better</strong> than Symantec and McAfee</li>\n	<li>Delivers the strongest endpoint protection – proven in real world tests</li>\n	<li>Prevents damage from infection, identity theft and more</li>\n</ul>\nLearn more about how Trend Micro\'s OfficeScan can help you protect your devices:','OFFICESCAN 10.6 NOW USING 60% FEWER RESOURCES','','inherit','open','open','','5732-revision','','','2011-12-22 20:35:55','2011-12-22 20:35:55','',5732,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5732-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5734,6,'2011-12-22 20:37:55','2011-12-22 20:37:55','OfficeScan now uses up to <strong>60% fewer resources</strong> than leading competitors, freeing up critical reserves for your user’s application, delivering stronger performance and more efficient endpoint protection. Trend\'s latest offering in the OfficeScan suite is version 10.6 and it running ligther and protecting more than ever.\n\nMost notable is the ne\n<h2>Leaner Performance Cuts Cost</h2>\n<ul>\n	<li>Delivers annual savings of over <strong>$100 per user</strong> – proven by independent tests</li>\n	<li>Extends PC lifecycle to lower hardware replacement costs</li>\n	<li>Reduces costs associated with cleaning infected PCs</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>Protects Better</h2>\n<ul>\n	<li>Protects <strong>55% better</strong> than Symantec and McAfee</li>\n	<li>Delivers the strongest endpoint protection – proven in real world tests</li>\n	<li>Prevents damage from infection, identity theft and more</li>\n</ul>\nLearn more about how Trend Micro\'s OfficeScan can help you protect your devices:\n\n<a href=\"http://us.trendmicro.com/us/products/enterprise/officescan/video/dlp/index.html\">Trend Micro 10.6</a>','OFFICESCAN 10.6 NOW USING 60% FEWER RESOURCES','','inherit','open','open','','5732-revision-2','','','2011-12-22 20:37:55','2011-12-22 20:37:55','',5732,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5732-revision-2',0,'revision','',0),(5735,6,'2011-12-22 20:39:30','2011-12-22 20:39:30','OfficeScan now uses up to <strong>60% fewer resources</strong> than leading competitors, freeing up critical reserves for your user’s application, delivering stronger performance and more efficient endpoint protection. Trend\'s latest offering in the OfficeScan suite is version 10.6 and it running ligther and protecting more than ever.\r\n\r\nMost notable is the new Data Loss Prevention (DLP) plug-in for real time inspection to further reduce security risks. DLP is designed to improve visibility of data usage of risky business processes. Data is monitored and fully protected.\r\n<h2>Leaner Performance Cuts Cost</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Delivers annual savings of over <strong>$100 per user</strong> – proven by independent tests</li>\r\n	<li>Extends PC lifecycle to lower hardware replacement costs</li>\r\n	<li>Reduces costs associated with cleaning infected PCs</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Protects Better</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Protects <strong>55% better</strong> than Symantec and McAfee</li>\r\n	<li>Delivers the strongest endpoint protection – proven in real world tests</li>\r\n	<li>Prevents damage from infection, identity theft and more</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nLearn more about how Trend Micro\'s OfficeScan can help you protect your devices:\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://us.trendmicro.com/us/products/enterprise/officescan/video/dlp/index.html\">Trend Micro 10.6</a>','OFFICESCAN 10.6 NOW USING 60% FEWER RESOURCES','','inherit','open','open','','5732-revision-3','','','2011-12-22 20:39:30','2011-12-22 20:39:30','',5732,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5732-revision-3',0,'revision','',0),(5736,6,'2011-12-22 20:39:42','2011-12-22 20:39:42','OfficeScan now uses up to <strong>60% fewer resources</strong> than leading competitors, freeing up critical reserves for your user’s application, delivering stronger performance and more efficient endpoint protection. Trend\'s latest offering in the OfficeScan suite is version 10.6 and it running ligther and protecting more than ever.\r\n\r\nMost notable is the new Data Loss Prevention (DLP) plug-in for real time inspection to further reduce security risks. DLP is designed to improve visibility of data usage of risky business processes. Data is monitored and fully protected.\r\n<h2>Leaner Performance Cuts Cost</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Delivers annual savings of over <strong>$100 per user</strong> – proven by independent tests</li>\r\n	<li>Extends PC lifecycle to lower hardware replacement costs</li>\r\n	<li>Reduces costs associated with cleaning infected PCs</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Protects Better</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Protects <strong>55% better</strong> than Symantec and McAfee</li>\r\n	<li>Delivers the strongest endpoint protection – proven in real world tests</li>\r\n	<li>Prevents damage from infection, identity theft and more</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nLearn more about how Trend Micro\'s OfficeScan can help you protect your devices:\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://us.trendmicro.com/us/products/enterprise/officescan/video/dlp/index.html\">Trend Micro 10.6</a>','OFFICESCAN 10.6 NOW USING 60% FEWER RESOURCES','','inherit','open','open','','5732-revision-4','','','2011-12-22 20:39:42','2011-12-22 20:39:42','',5732,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5732-revision-4',0,'revision','',0),(5737,6,'2011-12-22 20:40:09','2011-12-22 20:40:09','OfficeScan now uses up to <strong>60% fewer resources</strong> than leading competitors, freeing up critical reserves for your user’s application, delivering stronger performance and more efficient endpoint protection. Trend\'s latest offering in the OfficeScan suite is version 10.6 and it running ligther and protecting more than ever.\r\n\r\nMost notable is the new Data Loss Prevention (DLP) plug-in for real time inspection to further reduce security risks. DLP is designed to improve visibility of data usage of risky business processes. Data is monitored and fully protected.\r\n\r\nAlso VDI Optimization is built in to OfficeScan 10.6.\r\n<h2>Leaner Performance Cuts Cost</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Delivers annual savings of over <strong>$100 per user</strong> – proven by independent tests</li>\r\n	<li>Extends PC lifecycle to lower hardware replacement costs</li>\r\n	<li>Reduces costs associated with cleaning infected PCs</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Protects Better</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Protects <strong>55% better</strong> than Symantec and McAfee</li>\r\n	<li>Delivers the strongest endpoint protection – proven in real world tests</li>\r\n	<li>Prevents damage from infection, identity theft and more</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nLearn more about how Trend Micro\'s OfficeScan can help you protect your devices:\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://us.trendmicro.com/us/products/enterprise/officescan/video/dlp/index.html\">Trend Micro 10.6</a>','OFFICESCAN 10.6 NOW USING 60% FEWER RESOURCES','','inherit','open','open','','5732-revision-5','','','2011-12-22 20:40:09','2011-12-22 20:40:09','',5732,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5732-revision-5',0,'revision','',0),(5738,6,'2011-12-22 20:40:34','2011-12-22 20:40:34','OfficeScan now uses up to <strong>60% fewer resources</strong> than leading competitors, freeing up critical reserves for your user’s application, delivering stronger performance and more efficient endpoint protection. Trend\'s latest offering in the OfficeScan suite is version 10.6 and it running ligther and protecting more than ever.\r\n\r\nMost notable is the new Data Loss Prevention (DLP) plug-in for real time inspection to further reduce security risks. DLP is designed to improve visibility of data usage of risky business processes. Data is monitored and fully protected.\r\n\r\nAlso VDI Optimization is built in to OfficeScan 10.6.\r\n<h2>Leaner Performance Cuts Cost</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Delivers annual savings of over <strong>$100 per user</strong> – proven by independent tests</li>\r\n	<li>Extends PC lifecycle to lower hardware replacement costs</li>\r\n	<li>Reduces costs associated with cleaning infected PCs</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Protects Better</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Protects <strong>55% better</strong> than Symantec and McAfee</li>\r\n	<li>Delivers the strongest endpoint protection – proven in real world tests</li>\r\n	<li>Prevents damage from infection, identity theft and more</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nLearn more about how Trend Micro\'s OfficeScan can help you protect your devices:\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://us.trendmicro.com/us/products/enterprise/officescan/video/dlp/index.html\">Trend Micro 10.6</a>','OFFICESCAN 10.6 NOW USING 60% FEWER RESOURCES','','inherit','open','open','','5732-revision-6','','','2011-12-22 20:40:34','2011-12-22 20:40:34','',5732,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5732-revision-6',0,'revision','',0),(5739,6,'2011-12-22 20:41:09','2011-12-22 20:41:09','OfficeScan now uses up to <strong>60% fewer resources</strong> than leading competitors, freeing up critical resources for your applications, delivering stronger performance and more efficient endpoint protection. Trend\'s latest offering in the OfficeScan suite is version 10.6 and it running ligther and protecting more than ever.\r\n\r\nMost notable is the new Data Loss Prevention (DLP) plug-in for real time inspection to further reduce security risks. DLP is designed to improve visibility of data usage of risky business processes. Data is monitored and fully protected.\r\n\r\nAlso VDI Optimization is built in to OfficeScan 10.6.\r\n<h2>Leaner Performance Cuts Cost</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Delivers annual savings of over <strong>$100 per user</strong> – proven by independent tests</li>\r\n	<li>Extends PC lifecycle to lower hardware replacement costs</li>\r\n	<li>Reduces costs associated with cleaning infected PCs</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Protects Better</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Protects <strong>55% better</strong> than Symantec and McAfee</li>\r\n	<li>Delivers the strongest endpoint protection – proven in real world tests</li>\r\n	<li>Prevents damage from infection, identity theft and more</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nLearn more about how Trend Micro\'s OfficeScan can help you protect your devices:\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://us.trendmicro.com/us/products/enterprise/officescan/video/dlp/index.html\">Trend Micro 10.6</a>','OFFICESCAN 10.6 NOW USING 60% FEWER RESOURCES','','inherit','open','open','','5732-revision-7','','','2011-12-22 20:41:09','2011-12-22 20:41:09','',5732,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5732-revision-7',0,'revision','',0),(5742,25,'2011-12-23 14:40:49','2011-12-23 14:40:49','With the latest version (5.0) of their vCenter product line, VMware released the new virtual appliance edition of the vCenter server solution.  Unlike the traditional vCenter installation that requires an underlying Windows operating system, the vCenter Server Appliance (vCSA) runs on SUSE Enterprise Linux Server 11 and can be easily imported into an existing vSphere environment.  This new virtual appliance represents VMware\'s direction away from Microsoft Windows based servers to lighweight, pre-configured Linux appliances.  While this may seem slightly unnerving to some System Administrators who have grown accustom to the Windows GUI, and the persistent patching required to keep their systems safe and stable; the ability to quickly deploy a reliable vCenter instance will eventually make any Virtualization Administrator\'s job much easier.\n\nWhile the benefits to this model are fairly obvious, there are some limitations with the current release.  For starters (and for most this may be a \"show-stopper\"), the vCSA does not support Microsoft SQL databases.  Only an external Oracle instance and an embedded IBM DB2 database is currently supported, with the embedded database being only recommended for small pilot deployments.  The vCSA is also not recommended for VMware View environments, as the View Composer component currently requires a Windows Server to operate (View Composer must be installed on a vCenter server).  There are other drawbacks as well such as no single-sign on support for Windows session credentials, and no IPv6 support.  Yet, it\'s my opinion that the two issues mentioned previously must be worked out before  most organizations will begin adopt this new technology in their production environments.\n\nThere may be some roadblocks with the current release of the vCSA, but as VMware has proved with other technologies, they will eventually iron out the faults in future versions.  It is clear though that VMware is committed to providing their customers with the most efficient and  reliable technologies, while easing the hassle of system management and deployment.  More information regarding the vCenter Server Appliance can be found on the VMware vCenter Server we','VMware vCenter Server Appliance - Pros and Cons','','inherit','open','open','','5741-revision','','','2011-12-23 14:40:49','2011-12-23 14:40:49','',5741,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5741-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5743,44,'2011-12-20 11:15:05','2011-12-20 11:15:05','','Auto Draft','','inherit','open','open','','5667-revision','','','2011-12-20 11:15:05','2011-12-20 11:15:05','',5667,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5667-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5744,44,'2011-12-26 12:38:07','2011-12-26 12:38:07','If you are a vSphere administrator and you own an Apple iPad, you should take a look at this -\r\n\r\n<strong>The VMware vSphere Client for iPad</strong> is a companion interface to the traditional vSphere client that is optimized for managing your vSphere environment from your iPad. The iPad client allows you to monitor the performance of vSphere hosts and virtual machines. You can also start, stop and suspend virtual machines, reboot them or put them into maintenance mode.  In order to use the VMware vSphere Client you will need to deploy a free virtual appliance called the vCMA server.\r\n\r\n<strong>VMware vCenter Mobile Access</strong> (vCMA) is a fully configured and ready to run virtual appliance that enables vSphere administrators to manage their virtual datacenter from mobile devices such as smart phones and tablets like the Apple iPad. Using either a mobile browser or the native iPad application, administrators can perform various troubleshooting and remediation activities in their VMware environments from anywhere in the world. For more details, refer to the <a href=\"http://labs.vmware.com/download/123/\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">vCMA User Guide</span></a>.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>To view a demo of the VMware vSphere Client for iPad, click <a href=\"http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6kRalVLzMvE\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\r\n	<li>To view a demo of how to set up the vCMA appliance, click <a href=\"http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=msjXKWFdgcM\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\r\n	<li>To download the iPad app, visit Apple app store</li>\r\n	<li>To download the vCMA appliance, click <a href=\"http://labs.vmware.com/flings/vcma\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\r\n	<li>To pose questions or provide feedback, visit the VMware community forum <a href=\"http://communities.vmware.com/community/vmtn/vsphere/ipadclient\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nPerspective on the app from VMware: <a href=\"http://communities.vmware.com/community/vmtn/cto/emerging/blog/2011/03/18/vmware-vsphere-client-for-ipad-has-left-the-building\">http://communities.vmware.com/community/vmtn/cto/emerging/blog/2011/03/18/vmware-vsphere-client-for-ipad-has-left-the-building</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','HOW TO MANAGE VSPHERE USING YOUR IPAD','','publish','open','open','','how-to-manage-vsphere-using-your-ipad','','','2011-12-26 13:44:46','2011-12-26 13:44:46','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5744',0,'post','',0),(5745,44,'2011-12-24 15:50:23','2011-12-24 15:50:23','The procedure for adding a vCenter server in the RecoverPoint console can be confusing.\n\nComman errors when attemprting this are \"Invalid Virtual Center Credentials supplied\" or \"Invalid port\".\n\nBy default the vCenter server listens on port 443, and for RecoverPoint to successfully connect to the vCenter server it must use the vCenter SSL certificate file copied from the vCenter server. Here’s how to do it in three easy steps:\n\nStep 1: Copy the SSL certificate file rui.crt from the vCenter server to your local machine. The file location varies based on the vCenter server OS version:\n For W2K3: C:\\Documents and Settings\\All Users\\Application Data\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\n For W2K8: C:\\Users\\All Users\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\nStep 2: Using the RecoverPoint Management Console, right-click vCenter Servers, select Add vCenter Server\n\nStep 3:  Select the site where the vCenter server is located. Under Credentials:\n\n         Server IP:  &lt;Enter the Virtual Center IP address, not an ESXi host &gt;\n\n         Port number: 443\n\n         Username: &lt;Domain or Local user must be able to login to VC&gt;\n\n         Password:\n\n         Certificate files: &lt;Browse to rui.crt obtained in step 1&gt;','HOW TO ADD VCENTER SERVER IN RECOVERPOINT CONSOLE','','inherit','open','open','','5667-revision-2','','','2011-12-24 15:50:23','2011-12-24 15:50:23','',5667,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5667-revision-2',0,'revision','',0),(5746,44,'2011-12-24 16:12:40','2011-12-24 16:12:40','The procedure for adding a vCenter server in the RecoverPoint console can be confusing. It\'s not obvious what is required.\n\nCommon errors when attemprting this are \"Invalid Virtual Center Credentials supplied\" or \"Invalid port specified\".\n\nBy default the vCenter server listens on port 443, and for RecoverPoint to successfully connect to the vCenter server it must use the vCenter SSL certificate file copied from the vCenter server.\n\nHere’s how to add the vCenter server in RecoverPoint in three easy steps:\n\nStep 1: Copy the SSL certificate file rui.crt from the vCenter server to your local machine. The file location varies based on the vCenter server OS version:\n For W2K3: C:\\Documents and Settings\\All Users\\Application Data\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\n For W2K8: C:\\Users\\All Users\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\n\nStep 2: Using the RecoverPoint Management Console, right-click vCenter Servers, select Add vCenter Server\n\nStep 3:  Select the site where the vCenter server is located. Under Credentials:\n\n         Server IP:  &lt;Enter the Virtual Center IP address, not an ESXi host &gt;\n\n         Port number: 443\n\n         Username: &lt;Domain or Local user must be able to login to VC&gt;\n\n         Password: &lt;Enter password&gt;\n\n         Certificate files: &lt;Browse to rui.crt obtained in step 1&gt;\n\nThis simple procedure works reliably for me.','HOW TO ADD A VCENTER SERVER IN THE RECOVERPOINT CONSOLE','','inherit','open','open','','5667-autosave','','','2011-12-24 16:12:40','2011-12-24 16:12:40','',5667,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5667-autosave',0,'revision','',0),(5747,44,'2011-12-24 15:51:30','2011-12-24 15:51:30','The procedure for adding a vCenter server in the RecoverPoint console can be confusing.\r\n\r\nComman errors when attemprting this are \"Invalid Virtual Center Credentials supplied\" or \"Invalid port\".\r\n\r\nBy default the vCenter server listens on port 443, and for RecoverPoint to successfully connect to the vCenter server it must use the vCenter SSL certificate file copied from the vCenter server. Here’s how to do it in three easy steps:\r\n\r\nStep 1: Copy the SSL certificate file rui.crt from the vCenter server to your local machine. The file location varies based on the vCenter server OS version:\r\n For W2K3: C:\\Documents and Settings\\All Users\\Application Data\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\r\n For W2K8: C:\\Users\\All Users\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\r\nStep 2: Using the RecoverPoint Management Console, right-click vCenter Servers, select Add vCenter Server\r\n\r\nStep 3:  Select the site where the vCenter server is located. Under Credentials:\r\n\r\n         Server IP:  &lt;Enter the Virtual Center IP address, not an ESXi host &gt;\r\n\r\n         Port number: 443\r\n\r\n         Username: &lt;Domain or Local user must be able to login to VC&gt;\r\n\r\n         Password:\r\n\r\n         Certificate files: &lt;Browse to rui.crt obtained in step 1&gt;','HOW TO ADD VCENTER SERVER IN RECOVERPOINT CONSOLE','','inherit','open','open','','5667-revision-3','','','2011-12-24 15:51:30','2011-12-24 15:51:30','',5667,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5667-revision-3',0,'revision','',0),(5748,44,'2011-12-24 15:53:10','2011-12-24 15:53:10','The procedure for adding a vCenter server in the RecoverPoint console can be confusing.\r\n\r\nCommon errors when attemprting this are \"Invalid Virtual Center Credentials supplied\" or \"Invalid port specified\".\r\n\r\nBy default the vCenter server listens on port 443, and for RecoverPoint to successfully connect to the vCenter server it must use the vCenter SSL certificate file copied from the vCenter server. Here’s how to do it in three easy steps:\r\n\r\nStep 1: Copy the SSL certificate file rui.crt from the vCenter server to your local machine. The file location varies based on the vCenter server OS version:\r\n For W2K3: C:\\Documents and Settings\\All Users\\Application Data\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\r\n For W2K8: C:\\Users\\All Users\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\r\nStep 2: Using the RecoverPoint Management Console, right-click vCenter Servers, select Add vCenter Server\r\n\r\nStep 3:  Select the site where the vCenter server is located. Under Credentials:\r\n\r\n         Server IP:  &lt;Enter the Virtual Center IP address, not an ESXi host &gt;\r\n\r\n         Port number: 443\r\n\r\n         Username: &lt;Domain or Local user must be able to login to VC&gt;\r\n\r\n         Password:\r\n\r\n         Certificate files: &lt;Browse to rui.crt obtained in step 1&gt;\r\n\r\nThis simple procedure works has worked reliably for me.','HOW TO ADD VCENTER SERVER IN RECOVERPOINT CONSOLE','','inherit','open','open','','5667-revision-4','','','2011-12-24 15:53:10','2011-12-24 15:53:10','',5667,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5667-revision-4',0,'revision','',0),(5749,44,'2011-12-24 15:53:38','2011-12-24 15:53:38','The procedure for adding a vCenter server in the RecoverPoint console can be confusing.\r\n\r\nCommon errors when attemprting this are \"Invalid Virtual Center Credentials supplied\" or \"Invalid port specified\".\r\n\r\nBy default the vCenter server listens on port 443, and for RecoverPoint to successfully connect to the vCenter server it must use the vCenter SSL certificate file copied from the vCenter server. Here’s how to do it in three easy steps:\r\n\r\nStep 1: Copy the SSL certificate file rui.crt from the vCenter server to your local machine. The file location varies based on the vCenter server OS version:\r\n For W2K3: C:\\Documents and Settings\\All Users\\Application Data\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\r\n For W2K8: C:\\Users\\All Users\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\r\nStep 2: Using the RecoverPoint Management Console, right-click vCenter Servers, select Add vCenter Server\r\n\r\nStep 3:  Select the site where the vCenter server is located. Under Credentials:\r\n\r\n         Server IP:  &lt;Enter the Virtual Center IP address, not an ESXi host &gt;\r\n\r\n         Port number: 443\r\n\r\n         Username: &lt;Domain or Local user must be able to login to VC&gt;\r\n\r\n         Password:\r\n\r\n         Certificate files: &lt;Browse to rui.crt obtained in step 1&gt;\r\n\r\nThis simple procedure works has worked reliably for me.','HOW TO ADD A VCENTER SERVER IN RECOVERPOINT CONSOLE','','inherit','open','open','','5667-revision-5','','','2011-12-24 15:53:38','2011-12-24 15:53:38','',5667,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5667-revision-5',0,'revision','',0),(5750,44,'2011-12-24 15:53:59','2011-12-24 15:53:59','The procedure for adding a vCenter server in the RecoverPoint console can be confusing.\r\n\r\nCommon errors when attemprting this are \"Invalid Virtual Center Credentials supplied\" or \"Invalid port specified\".\r\n\r\nBy default the vCenter server listens on port 443, and for RecoverPoint to successfully connect to the vCenter server it must use the vCenter SSL certificate file copied from the vCenter server. Here’s how to do it in three easy steps:\r\n\r\nStep 1: Copy the SSL certificate file rui.crt from the vCenter server to your local machine. The file location varies based on the vCenter server OS version:\r\n For W2K3: C:\\Documents and Settings\\All Users\\Application Data\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\r\n For W2K8: C:\\Users\\All Users\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\r\nStep 2: Using the RecoverPoint Management Console, right-click vCenter Servers, select Add vCenter Server\r\n\r\nStep 3:  Select the site where the vCenter server is located. Under Credentials:\r\n\r\n         Server IP:  &lt;Enter the Virtual Center IP address, not an ESXi host &gt;\r\n\r\n         Port number: 443\r\n\r\n         Username: &lt;Domain or Local user must be able to login to VC&gt;\r\n\r\n         Password:\r\n\r\n         Certificate files: &lt;Browse to rui.crt obtained in step 1&gt;\r\n\r\nThis simple procedure works has worked reliably for me.','HOW TO ADD A VCENTER SERVER IN THE RECOVERPOINT CONSOLE','','inherit','open','open','','5667-revision-6','','','2011-12-24 15:53:59','2011-12-24 15:53:59','',5667,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5667-revision-6',0,'revision','',0),(5751,44,'2011-12-24 15:55:25','2011-12-24 15:55:25','The procedure for adding a vCenter server in the RecoverPoint console can be confusing.\r\n\r\nCommon errors when attemprting this are \"Invalid Virtual Center Credentials supplied\" or \"Invalid port specified\".\r\n\r\nBy default the vCenter server listens on port 443, and for RecoverPoint to successfully connect to the vCenter server it must use the vCenter SSL certificate file copied from the vCenter server. Here’s how to do it in three easy steps:\r\n\r\nStep 1: Copy the SSL certificate file rui.crt from the vCenter server to your local machine. The file location varies based on the vCenter server OS version:\r\n For W2K3: C:\\Documents and Settings\\All Users\\Application Data\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\r\n For W2K8: C:\\Users\\All Users\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\r\n\r\nStep 2: Using the RecoverPoint Management Console, right-click vCenter Servers, select Add vCenter Server\r\n\r\nStep 3:  Select the site where the vCenter server is located. Under Credentials:\r\n\r\n         Server IP:  &lt;Enter the Virtual Center IP address, not an ESXi host &gt;\r\n\r\n         Port number: 443\r\n\r\n         Username: &lt;Domain or Local user must be able to login to VC&gt;\r\n\r\n         Password:\r\n\r\n         Certificate files: &lt;Browse to rui.crt obtained in step 1&gt;\r\n\r\nThis simple procedure works has worked reliably for me.','HOW TO ADD A VCENTER SERVER IN THE RECOVERPOINT CONSOLE','','inherit','open','open','','5667-revision-7','','','2011-12-24 15:55:25','2011-12-24 15:55:25','',5667,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5667-revision-7',0,'revision','',0),(5752,44,'2011-12-24 15:56:27','2011-12-24 15:56:27','The procedure for adding a vCenter server in the RecoverPoint console can be confusing.\r\n\r\nCommon errors when attemprting this are \"Invalid Virtual Center Credentials supplied\" or \"Invalid port specified\".\r\n\r\nBy default the vCenter server listens on port 443, and for RecoverPoint to successfully connect to the vCenter server it must use the vCenter SSL certificate file copied from the vCenter server. Here’s how to add the vCenter server in RecoverPoint in three easy steps:\r\n\r\nStep 1: Copy the SSL certificate file rui.crt from the vCenter server to your local machine. The file location varies based on the vCenter server OS version:\r\n For W2K3: C:\\Documents and Settings\\All Users\\Application Data\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\r\n For W2K8: C:\\Users\\All Users\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\r\n\r\nStep 2: Using the RecoverPoint Management Console, right-click vCenter Servers, select Add vCenter Server\r\n\r\nStep 3:  Select the site where the vCenter server is located. Under Credentials:\r\n\r\n         Server IP:  &lt;Enter the Virtual Center IP address, not an ESXi host &gt;\r\n\r\n         Port number: 443\r\n\r\n         Username: &lt;Domain or Local user must be able to login to VC&gt;\r\n\r\n         Password:\r\n\r\n         Certificate files: &lt;Browse to rui.crt obtained in step 1&gt;\r\n\r\nThis simple procedure works has worked reliably for me.','HOW TO ADD A VCENTER SERVER IN THE RECOVERPOINT CONSOLE','','inherit','open','open','','5667-revision-8','','','2011-12-24 15:56:27','2011-12-24 15:56:27','',5667,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5667-revision-8',0,'revision','',0),(5753,44,'2011-12-24 16:06:18','2011-12-24 16:06:18','The procedure for adding a vCenter server in the RecoverPoint console can be confusing.\r\n\r\nCommon errors when attemprting this are \"Invalid Virtual Center Credentials supplied\" or \"Invalid port specified\".\r\n\r\nBy default the vCenter server listens on port 443, and for RecoverPoint to successfully connect to the vCenter server it must use the vCenter SSL certificate file copied from the vCenter server. Here’s how to add the vCenter server in RecoverPoint in three easy steps:\r\n\r\nStep 1: Copy the SSL certificate file rui.crt from the vCenter server to your local machine. The file location varies based on the vCenter server OS version:\r\n For W2K3: C:\\Documents and Settings\\All Users\\Application Data\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\r\n For W2K8: C:\\Users\\All Users\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\r\n\r\nStep 2: Using the RecoverPoint Management Console, right-click vCenter Servers, select Add vCenter Server\r\n\r\nStep 3:  Select the site where the vCenter server is located. Under Credentials:\r\n\r\n         Server IP:  &lt;Enter the Virtual Center IP address, not an ESXi host &gt;\r\n\r\n         Port number: 443\r\n\r\n         Username: &lt;Domain or Local user must be able to login to VC&gt;\r\n\r\n         Password: &lt;Enter password&gt;\r\n\r\n         Certificate files: &lt;Browse to rui.crt obtained in step 1&gt;\r\n\r\nThis simple procedure has worked reliably for me.','HOW TO ADD A VCENTER SERVER IN THE RECOVERPOINT CONSOLE','','inherit','open','open','','5667-revision-9','','','2011-12-24 16:06:18','2011-12-24 16:06:18','',5667,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5667-revision-9',0,'revision','',0),(5754,44,'2011-12-24 16:09:46','2011-12-24 16:09:46','The procedure for adding a vCenter server in the RecoverPoint console can be confusing. It\'s not obvious what is required.\r\n\r\nCommon errors when attemprting this are \"Invalid Virtual Center Credentials supplied\" or \"Invalid port specified\".\r\n\r\nBy default the vCenter server listens on port 443, and for RecoverPoint to successfully connect to the vCenter server it must use the vCenter SSL certificate file copied from the vCenter server.\r\n\r\nHere’s how to add the vCenter server in RecoverPoint in three easy steps:\r\n\r\nStep 1: Copy the SSL certificate file rui.crt from the vCenter server to your local machine. The file location varies based on the vCenter server OS version:\r\n For W2K3: C:\\Documents and Settings\\All Users\\Application Data\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\r\n For W2K8: C:\\Users\\All Users\\VMware\\VMware VirtualCenter\\SSL\\rui.crt\r\n\r\nStep 2: Using the RecoverPoint Management Console, right-click vCenter Servers, select Add vCenter Server\r\n\r\nStep 3:  Select the site where the vCenter server is located. Under Credentials:\r\n\r\n         Server IP:  &lt;Enter the Virtual Center IP address, not an ESXi host &gt;\r\n\r\n         Port number: 443\r\n\r\n         Username: &lt;Domain or Local user must be able to login to VC&gt;\r\n\r\n         Password: &lt;Enter password&gt;\r\n\r\n         Certificate files: &lt;Browse to rui.crt obtained in step 1&gt;\r\n\r\nThis simple procedure has worked reliably for me.','HOW TO ADD A VCENTER SERVER IN THE RECOVERPOINT CONSOLE','','inherit','open','open','','5667-revision-10','','','2011-12-24 16:09:46','2011-12-24 16:09:46','',5667,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5667-revision-10',0,'revision','',0),(5755,44,'2011-12-24 15:46:00','2011-12-24 15:46:00','','Auto Draft','','inherit','open','open','','5744-revision','','','2011-12-24 15:46:00','2011-12-24 15:46:00','',5744,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5744-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5757,44,'2011-12-26 12:37:47','2011-12-26 12:37:47','The VMware vSphere Client for iPad is a companion interface to the traditional vSphere client that is optimized for managing your vSphere environment from your iPad. The iPad client allows you to monitor the performance of vSphere hosts and virtual machines. You can also start, stop and suspend virtual machines, reboot them or put them into maintenance mode.  In order to use the VMware vSphere Client you will need to deploy a virtual appliance called the vCMA server.\n\n<strong>VMware vCenter Mobile Access</strong> (vCMA) is a fully configured and ready to run virtual appliance that enables vSphere administrators to manage their datacenter from mobile devices such as smart phones and tablets like the Apple iPad. Using either a mobile browser or the native iPad application, administrators can perform various troubleshooting and remediation activities in their VMware environments from anywhere in the world. For more details, refer to the <a href=\"http://labs.vmware.com/download/123/\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">vCMA User Guide</span></a>.\n<ul>\n	<li>To view a demo of the VMware vSphere Client for iPad, click <a href=\"http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6kRalVLzMvE\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\n	<li>To view a demo of how to set up the vCMA appliance, click <a href=\"http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=msjXKWFdgcM\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\n	<li>To download the app, visit Apple app store</li>\n	<li>To download the vCMA appliance, click <a href=\"http://labs.vmware.com/flings/vcma\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\n	<li>To pose questions or provide feedback, visit the VMware community forum <a href=\"http://communities.vmware.com/community/vmtn/vsphere/ipadclient\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\n</ul>\n<a href=\"http://communities.vmware.com/community/vmtn/cto/emerging/blog/2011/03/18/vmware-vsphere-client-for-ipad-has-left-the-building\">http://communities.vmware.com/community/vmtn/cto/emerging/blog/2011/03/18/vmware-vsphere-client-for-ipad-has-left-the-building</a>\n\n&nbsp;','HOW TO MANAGE VSPHERE USING YOUR IPAD','','inherit','open','open','','5744-revision-2','','','2011-12-26 12:37:47','2011-12-26 12:37:47','',5744,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5744-revision-2',0,'revision','',0),(5758,44,'2011-12-26 13:45:51','2011-12-26 13:45:51','If you are a vSphere administrator and you own an Apple iPad, you should take a look at this -\n\n<strong>The VMware vSphere Client for iPad</strong> is a companion interface to the traditional vSphere client that is optimized for managing your vSphere environment from your iPad. The iPad client allows you to monitor the performance of vSphere hosts and virtual machines. You can also start, stop and suspend virtual machines, reboot them or put them into maintenance mode.  In order to use the VMware vSphere Client you will need to deploy a free virtual appliance called the vCMA server.\n\n<strong>VMware vCenter Mobile Access</strong> (vCMA) is a fully configured and ready to run virtual appliance that enables vSphere administrators to manage their virtual datacenter from mobile devices such as smart phones and tablets like the Apple iPad. Using either a mobile browser or the native iPad application, administrators can perform various troubleshooting and remediation activities in their VMware environments from anywhere in the world. For more details, refer to the <a href=\"http://labs.vmware.com/download/123/\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">vCMA User Guide</span></a>.\n<ul>\n	<li>To view a demo of the VMware vSphere Client for iPad, click <a href=\"http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6kRalVLzMvE\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\n	<li>To view a demo of how to set up the vCMA appliance, click <a href=\"http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=msjXKWFdgcM\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\n	<li>To download the iPad app, visit Apple app store</li>\n	<li>To download the vCMA appliance, click <a href=\"http://labs.vmware.com/flings/vcma\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\n	<li>To pose questions or provide feedback, visit the VMware community forum <a href=\"http://communities.vmware.com/community/vmtn/vsphere/ipadclient\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\n</ul>\nPerspective on the app from VMware: <a href=\"http://communities.vmware.com/community/vmtn/cto/emerging/blog/2011/03/18/vmware-vsphere-client-for-ipad-has-left-the-building\">http://communities.vmware.com/community/vmtn/cto/emerging/blog/2011/03/18/vmware-vsphere-client-for-ipad-has-left-the-building</a>\n\n&nbsp;','HOW TO MANAGE VSPHERE USING YOUR IPAD','','inherit','open','open','','5744-autosave','','','2011-12-26 13:45:51','2011-12-26 13:45:51','',5744,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5744-autosave',0,'revision','',0),(5759,44,'2011-12-26 12:38:07','2011-12-26 12:38:07','The VMware vSphere Client for iPad is a companion interface to the traditional vSphere client that is optimized for managing your vSphere environment from your iPad. The iPad client allows you to monitor the performance of vSphere hosts and virtual machines. You can also start, stop and suspend virtual machines, reboot them or put them into maintenance mode.  In order to use the VMware vSphere Client you will need to deploy a virtual appliance called the vCMA server.\r\n\r\n<strong>VMware vCenter Mobile Access</strong> (vCMA) is a fully configured and ready to run virtual appliance that enables vSphere administrators to manage their datacenter from mobile devices such as smart phones and tablets like the Apple iPad. Using either a mobile browser or the native iPad application, administrators can perform various troubleshooting and remediation activities in their VMware environments from anywhere in the world. For more details, refer to the <a href=\"http://labs.vmware.com/download/123/\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">vCMA User Guide</span></a>.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>To view a demo of the VMware vSphere Client for iPad, click <a href=\"http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6kRalVLzMvE\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\r\n	<li>To view a demo of how to set up the vCMA appliance, click <a href=\"http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=msjXKWFdgcM\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\r\n	<li>To download the app, visit Apple app store</li>\r\n	<li>To download the vCMA appliance, click <a href=\"http://labs.vmware.com/flings/vcma\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\r\n	<li>To pose questions or provide feedback, visit the VMware community forum <a href=\"http://communities.vmware.com/community/vmtn/vsphere/ipadclient\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a href=\"http://communities.vmware.com/community/vmtn/cto/emerging/blog/2011/03/18/vmware-vsphere-client-for-ipad-has-left-the-building\">http://communities.vmware.com/community/vmtn/cto/emerging/blog/2011/03/18/vmware-vsphere-client-for-ipad-has-left-the-building</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','HOW TO MANAGE VSPHERE USING YOUR IPAD','','inherit','open','open','','5744-revision-3','','','2011-12-26 12:38:07','2011-12-26 12:38:07','',5744,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5744-revision-3',0,'revision','',0),(5760,44,'2011-12-26 12:41:42','2011-12-26 12:41:42','If you are a vSphere administrator and you own an Apple iPad, you should take a look at this -\r\n\r\n<strong>The VMware vSphere Client for iPad</strong> is a companion interface to the traditional vSphere client that is optimized for managing your vSphere environment from your iPad. The iPad client allows you to monitor the performance of vSphere hosts and virtual machines. You can also start, stop and suspend virtual machines, reboot them or put them into maintenance mode.  In order to use the VMware vSphere Client you will need to deploy a free virtual appliance called the vCMA server.\r\n\r\n<strong>VMware vCenter Mobile Access</strong> (vCMA) is a fully configured and ready to run virtual appliance that enables vSphere administrators to manage their virtual datacenter from mobile devices such as smart phones and tablets like the Apple iPad. Using either a mobile browser or the native iPad application, administrators can perform various troubleshooting and remediation activities in their VMware environments from anywhere in the world. For more details, refer to the <a href=\"http://labs.vmware.com/download/123/\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">vCMA User Guide</span></a>.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>To view a demo of the VMware vSphere Client for iPad, click <a href=\"http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6kRalVLzMvE\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\r\n	<li>To view a demo of how to set up the vCMA appliance, click <a href=\"http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=msjXKWFdgcM\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\r\n	<li>To download the iPad app, visit Apple app store</li>\r\n	<li>To download the vCMA appliance, click <a href=\"http://labs.vmware.com/flings/vcma\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\r\n	<li>To pose questions or provide feedback, visit the VMware community forum <a href=\"http://communities.vmware.com/community/vmtn/vsphere/ipadclient\"><span style=\"color: #0000ff\">here</span></a>.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a href=\"http://communities.vmware.com/community/vmtn/cto/emerging/blog/2011/03/18/vmware-vsphere-client-for-ipad-has-left-the-building\">http://communities.vmware.com/community/vmtn/cto/emerging/blog/2011/03/18/vmware-vsphere-client-for-ipad-has-left-the-building</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','HOW TO MANAGE VSPHERE USING YOUR IPAD','','inherit','open','open','','5744-revision-4','','','2011-12-26 12:41:42','2011-12-26 12:41:42','',5744,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5744-revision-4',0,'revision','',0),(5762,44,'2011-12-27 11:14:10','2011-12-27 11:14:10','<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">Key words: </span></span>\n\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">Cisco UCS blades provide a new “Appliance” fabric interconnect port type that can be used to direct-connect IP SAN storage to the fabric interconnects. Here are a few tips learned from a recent project connecting an EMC VNX array to Cisco UCS B-Series blades using 10GB iSCSI:</span></span>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Designate two separate, isolated (non-routed) VLANs to be used for iSCSI traffic, one for each fabric interconnect:</span></span>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">o</span>   <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Name the VLANs something simple and self-documenting like iSCSI-A and iSCSI-B</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">o</span>   <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Assign a private IP address range to each VLAN. As a best practice, these should not conflict with any other IP addresses used inside the corporate network</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">o</span>   <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Create the VLANs on the network tab in UCS Manager</span></span></li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Connect the storage array to the fabric interconnects using two 10GB links per storage processor.  Connect each SP to both fabric interconnects and configure the ports on the fabric interconnect as “Appliance” ports</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Assign the appliance ports on fabric interconnect A to VLAN iSCSI-A and the appliance ports on fabric interconnect B to VLAN iSCSI-B</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Configure the IP addresses on the SP ports. The ports connected to fabric interconnect A get an IP address in the range assigned to iSCSI-A and the ports connected to fabric B get an IP address in the range assigned to iSCSI-B</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Add two virtual interfaces in the host service profiles, one for iSCSI-A and one for iSCSI-B. Assign these to the appropriate VLAN</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Configure the host OS for iSCSI, assigning an IP address on the iSCSI-A VLAN for one interface and on iSCSI-B for the other.  In the iSCSI configuration specify the appropriate Storage Processor IP addresses initiator ports for each VLAN</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Here’s the key to success: The VLANs <span style=\"text-decoration: underline\">must exist</span> on the upstream switches the fabric interconnects use to interface with the rest of the network. The upstream switches are in the critical path for network traffic, even traffic between storage and servers in the UCS environment. This means that <em>having redundant upstream switches is essential for high-availability</em>, as <span style=\"text-decoration: underline\">network traffic will not flow inside the UCS</span> if the external uplink switches go down!</span></span></li>\n</ul>','HOW TO CONFIGURE VNX DIRECT-ATTACHED IP STORAGE ON CISCO UCS B-SERIES BLADES','','inherit','open','open','','5761-revision','','','2011-12-27 11:14:10','2011-12-27 11:14:10','',5761,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5761-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5764,44,'2011-12-27 11:17:53','2011-12-27 11:17:53','<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">Cisco UCS blades provide a new “Appliance” fabric interconnect port type that can be used to direct-connect IP SAN storage to the fabric interconnects. Here are a few tips learned from a recent project connecting an EMC VNX array to Cisco UCS B-Series blades using 10GB iSCSI:</span></span>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Designate two separate, isolated (non-routed) VLANs to be used for iSCSI traffic, one for each fabric interconnect:</span></span>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Name the VLANs something simple and self-documenting like iSCSI-A and iSCSI-B</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Assign a private IP address range to each VLAN. As a best practice, these should not conflict with any other IP addresses used inside the corporate network</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Create the VLANs on the network tab in UCS Manager</span></span></li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Connect the storage array to the fabric interconnects using two 10GB links per storage processor.  Connect each SP to both fabric interconnects and configure the ports on the fabric interconnect as “Appliance” ports</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Assign the appliance ports on fabric interconnect A to VLAN iSCSI-A and the appliance ports on fabric interconnect B to VLAN iSCSI-B</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Configure the IP addresses on the SP ports. The ports connected to fabric interconnect A get an IP address in the range assigned to iSCSI-A and the ports connected to fabric B get an IP address in the range assigned to iSCSI-B</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Add two virtual interfaces in the host service profiles, one for iSCSI-A and one for iSCSI-B. Assign these to the appropriate VLAN</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Configure the host OS for iSCSI, assigning an IP address on the iSCSI-A VLAN for one interface and on iSCSI-B for the other.  In the iSCSI configuration specify the appropriate Storage Processor IP addresses initiator ports for each VLAN</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Here’s the key to success: The VLANs <span style=\"text-decoration: underline\">must exist</span> on the upstream switches the fabric interconnects use to interface with the rest of the network. The upstream switches are in the critical path for network traffic, even traffic between storage and servers in the UCS environment. This means that <em>having redundant upstream switches is essential for high-availability</em>, as <span style=\"text-decoration: underline\">network traffic will not flow inside the UCS</span> if the external uplink switches go down!</span></span></li>\n</ul>','HOW TO CONFIGURE VNX DIRECT-ATTACHED IP STORAGE ON CISCO UCS B-SERIES BLADES','','inherit','open','open','','5761-autosave','','','2011-12-27 11:17:53','2011-12-27 11:17:53','',5761,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5761-autosave',0,'revision','',0),(5763,44,'2011-12-27 11:14:22','2011-12-27 11:14:22','<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">Key words: Cisco UCS blade fabric interconnect appliance port iSCSI direct connect attach</span></span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">Cisco UCS blades provide a new “Appliance” fabric interconnect port type that can be used to direct-connect IP SAN storage to the fabric interconnects. Here are a few tips learned from a recent project connecting an EMC VNX array to Cisco UCS B-Series blades using 10GB iSCSI:</span></span>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Designate two separate, isolated (non-routed) VLANs to be used for iSCSI traffic, one for each fabric interconnect:</span></span>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">o</span>   <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Name the VLANs something simple and self-documenting like iSCSI-A and iSCSI-B</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">o</span>   <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Assign a private IP address range to each VLAN. As a best practice, these should not conflict with any other IP addresses used inside the corporate network</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">o</span>   <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Create the VLANs on the network tab in UCS Manager</span></span></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Connect the storage array to the fabric interconnects using two 10GB links per storage processor.  Connect each SP to both fabric interconnects and configure the ports on the fabric interconnect as “Appliance” ports</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Assign the appliance ports on fabric interconnect A to VLAN iSCSI-A and the appliance ports on fabric interconnect B to VLAN iSCSI-B</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Configure the IP addresses on the SP ports. The ports connected to fabric interconnect A get an IP address in the range assigned to iSCSI-A and the ports connected to fabric B get an IP address in the range assigned to iSCSI-B</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Add two virtual interfaces in the host service profiles, one for iSCSI-A and one for iSCSI-B. Assign these to the appropriate VLAN</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Configure the host OS for iSCSI, assigning an IP address on the iSCSI-A VLAN for one interface and on iSCSI-B for the other.  In the iSCSI configuration specify the appropriate Storage Processor IP addresses initiator ports for each VLAN</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Here’s the key to success: The VLANs <span style=\"text-decoration: underline\">must exist</span> on the upstream switches the fabric interconnects use to interface with the rest of the network. The upstream switches are in the critical path for network traffic, even traffic between storage and servers in the UCS environment. This means that <em>having redundant upstream switches is essential for high-availability</em>, as <span style=\"text-decoration: underline\">network traffic will not flow inside the UCS</span> if the external uplink switches go down!</span></span></li>\r\n</ul>','HOW TO CONFIGURE VNX DIRECT-ATTACHED IP STORAGE ON CISCO UCS B-SERIES BLADES','','inherit','open','open','','5761-revision-2','','','2011-12-27 11:14:22','2011-12-27 11:14:22','',5761,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5761-revision-2',0,'revision','',0),(5765,44,'2011-12-27 11:15:05','2011-12-27 11:15:05','<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">Cisco UCS blades provide a new “Appliance” fabric interconnect port type that can be used to direct-connect IP SAN storage to the fabric interconnects. Here are a few tips learned from a recent project connecting an EMC VNX array to Cisco UCS B-Series blades using 10GB iSCSI:</span></span>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Designate two separate, isolated (non-routed) VLANs to be used for iSCSI traffic, one for each fabric interconnect:</span></span>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">o</span>   <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Name the VLANs something simple and self-documenting like iSCSI-A and iSCSI-B</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">o</span>   <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Assign a private IP address range to each VLAN. As a best practice, these should not conflict with any other IP addresses used inside the corporate network</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">o</span>   <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Create the VLANs on the network tab in UCS Manager</span></span></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Connect the storage array to the fabric interconnects using two 10GB links per storage processor.  Connect each SP to both fabric interconnects and configure the ports on the fabric interconnect as “Appliance” ports</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Assign the appliance ports on fabric interconnect A to VLAN iSCSI-A and the appliance ports on fabric interconnect B to VLAN iSCSI-B</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Configure the IP addresses on the SP ports. The ports connected to fabric interconnect A get an IP address in the range assigned to iSCSI-A and the ports connected to fabric B get an IP address in the range assigned to iSCSI-B</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Add two virtual interfaces in the host service profiles, one for iSCSI-A and one for iSCSI-B. Assign these to the appropriate VLAN</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Configure the host OS for iSCSI, assigning an IP address on the iSCSI-A VLAN for one interface and on iSCSI-B for the other.  In the iSCSI configuration specify the appropriate Storage Processor IP addresses initiator ports for each VLAN</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Here’s the key to success: The VLANs <span style=\"text-decoration: underline\">must exist</span> on the upstream switches the fabric interconnects use to interface with the rest of the network. The upstream switches are in the critical path for network traffic, even traffic between storage and servers in the UCS environment. This means that <em>having redundant upstream switches is essential for high-availability</em>, as <span style=\"text-decoration: underline\">network traffic will not flow inside the UCS</span> if the external uplink switches go down!</span></span></li>\r\n</ul>','HOW TO CONFIGURE VNX DIRECT-ATTACHED IP STORAGE ON CISCO UCS B-SERIES BLADES','','inherit','open','open','','5761-revision-3','','','2011-12-27 11:15:05','2011-12-27 11:15:05','',5761,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5761-revision-3',0,'revision','',0),(5767,25,'2011-12-28 18:36:01','2011-12-28 18:36:01','I ran across an issue this week where one of our customers was reporting that a Terminal Server License error was being thrown when attempting to launch a published XenApp application.  The error stated the following: \"The remote session was disconnected because there are no Terminal Server License Servers available to Provide a license.\"  The odd element of this problem was that this was only occurring  on single machine.  We could never reproduce the error on another computer, and no other users were reporting any issues.\n\nAfter some investigation a collegue of mine pointed me to following Citrix forum discussion: <a href=\"http://forums.citrix.com/thread.jspa?threadID=93566\" target=\"_blank\">http://forums.citrix.com/thread.jspa?threadID=93566</a>.  To resolve the problem, the effected employee simply removed the Registry subkeys under HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\MSLicensing\\Store','Microsoft License Error When Attempting to Launch XenApp Published Applications','','inherit','open','open','','5766-revision','','','2011-12-28 18:36:01','2011-12-28 18:36:01','',5766,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5766-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5768,25,'2011-12-28 18:37:43','2011-12-28 18:37:43','I ran across an issue this week where one of our customers was reporting that a Terminal Server License error was being thrown when attempting to launch a published XenApp application.  The error stated the following: \"The remote session was disconnected because there are no Terminal Server License Servers available to Provide a license.\"  The odd element of this problem was that this was only occurring  on single machine.  We could never reproduce the error on another computer, and no other users were reporting any issues.\r\n\r\nAfter some investigation a colleague of mine pointed me to following Citrix forum discussion: <a href=\"http://forums.citrix.com/thread.jspa?threadID=93566\" target=\"_blank\">http://forums.citrix.com/thread.jspa?threadID=93566</a>.  To resolve the problem, the effected employee simply removed the Registry subkeys under \"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\MSLicensing\\Store\".','Microsoft License Error When Attempting to Launch XenApp Published Applications','','inherit','open','open','','5766-revision-2','','','2011-12-28 18:37:43','2011-12-28 18:37:43','',5766,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5766-revision-2',0,'revision','',0),(5771,23,'2011-12-28 20:04:01','2011-12-28 20:04:01','Often times, you may have custom attributes setup in Active Directory or some other source where your user profile information comes from.  Here\'s how to map those custom attributes to profile properties in SharePoint 2010\n<ol>\n	<li>Log in to Central Administration</li>\n	<li>Go to Manage Service Applications</li>\n	<li>Click on ‘User Profile Service Applications’</li>\n	<li>Click on ‘Manage User Properties’</li>\n	<li>Scroll down the list of properties until you see the one you want to map (Employee ID) and Edit it.</li>\n	<li>On the ‘Edit User Profile Property’ page, scroll to the bottom until you see the ‘Property Mapping for Synchronization’ section.</li>\n	<li>If this section looks like the screenshot above, then the mapping is setup correctly and you should go to Step 10.  If nothing is listed, then please proceed to the next step.</li>\n	<li>The next section is the ‘Add New Mapping’ section.  Select the Source, Attribute, and Direction of the new mapping and click ‘Add’.</li>\n	<li>Once successfully added, click ‘OK’</li>\n	<li>Go back to the User Profile Service Application page and start a Full Synchronization.\n<ol>\n	<li>Start Profile Synchronization</li>\n	<li>Select ‘Start Full Synchronization’ and click ‘OK’.</li>\n	<li>Once the synchronization has completed, go to ‘Manage User Profiles’.</li>\n	<li>Find the name of the user you want to check for the imported attribute and choose ‘Edit My Profile’</li>\n	<li>Scroll down to the property that you imported and verify that the correct data is there.</li>\n</ol>\n</li>\n</ol>\n&nbsp;','SharePoint 2010: Map AD Profile Attribute to User Profile Property','','inherit','open','open','','5770-revision-v1','','','2011-12-28 20:04:01','2011-12-28 20:04:01','',5770,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5770-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5772,23,'2011-12-28 20:04:36','2011-12-28 20:04:36','Often times, you may have custom attributes setup in Active Directory or some other source where your user profile information comes from.  Here\'s how to map those custom attributes to profile properties in SharePoint 2010\r\n<ol>\r\n	<li>Log in to Central Administration</li>\r\n	<li>Go to Manage Service Applications</li>\r\n	<li>Click on ‘User Profile Service Applications’</li>\r\n	<li>Click on ‘Manage User Properties’</li>\r\n	<li>Scroll down the list of properties until you see the one you want to map (Employee ID) and Edit it.</li>\r\n	<li>On the ‘Edit User Profile Property’ page, scroll to the bottom until you see the ‘Property Mapping for Synchronization’ section.</li>\r\n	<li>If this section looks like the screenshot above, then the mapping is setup correctly and you should go to Step 10.  If nothing is listed, then please proceed to the next step.</li>\r\n	<li>The next section is the ‘Add New Mapping’ section.  Select the Source, Attribute, and Direction of the new mapping and click ‘Add’.</li>\r\n	<li>Once successfully added, click ‘OK’</li>\r\n	<li>Go back to the User Profile Service Application page and start a Full Synchronization.\r\n<ol>\r\n	<li>Start Profile Synchronization</li>\r\n	<li>Select ‘Start Full Synchronization’ and click ‘OK’.</li>\r\n	<li>Once the synchronization has completed, go to ‘Manage User Profiles’.</li>\r\n	<li>Find the name of the user you want to check for the imported attribute and choose ‘Edit My Profile’</li>\r\n	<li>Scroll down to the property that you imported and verify that the correct data is there.</li>\r\n</ol>\r\n</li>\r\n</ol>\r\n&nbsp;','SharePoint 2010: Map AD Profile Attribute to User Profile Property','','inherit','open','open','','5770-revision-v1','','','2011-12-28 20:04:36','2011-12-28 20:04:36','',5770,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5770-revision-2',0,'revision','',0),(5773,23,'2011-12-28 20:05:14','2011-12-28 20:05:14','Often times, you may have custom attributes setup in Active Directory or some other source where your user profile information comes from.  Here\'s how to map those custom attributes to profile properties in SharePoint 2010\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Log in to Central Administration</li>\r\n	<li>Go to Manage Service Applications</li>\r\n	<li>Click on ‘User Profile Service Applications’</li>\r\n	<li>Click on ‘Manage User Properties’</li>\r\n	<li>Scroll down the list of properties until you see the one you want to map (Employee ID) and Edit it.</li>\r\n	<li>On the ‘Edit User Profile Property’ page, scroll to the bottom until you see the ‘Property Mapping for Synchronization’ section.</li>\r\n	<li>If this section looks like the screenshot above, then the mapping is setup correctly and you should go to Step 10.  If nothing is listed, then please proceed to the next step.</li>\r\n	<li>The next section is the ‘Add New Mapping’ section.  Select the Source, Attribute, and Direction of the new mapping and click ‘Add’.</li>\r\n	<li>Once successfully added, click ‘OK’</li>\r\n	<li>Go back to the User Profile Service Application page and start a Full Synchronization.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Start Profile Synchronization</li>\r\n	<li>Select ‘Start Full Synchronization’ and click ‘OK’.</li>\r\n	<li>Once the synchronization has completed, go to ‘Manage User Profiles’.</li>\r\n	<li>Find the name of the user you want to check for the imported attribute and choose ‘Edit My Profile’</li>\r\n	<li>Scroll down to the property that you imported and verify that the correct data is there.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;','SharePoint 2010: Map AD Profile Attribute to User Profile Property','','inherit','open','open','','5770-revision-v1','','','2011-12-28 20:05:14','2011-12-28 20:05:14','',5770,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5770-revision-3',0,'revision','',0),(5775,35,'2011-12-29 22:07:03','2011-12-29 22:07:03','Many factors affect the performance of Windows Server 2008R2 running in a VM. If you\'re experiencing mouse lag or slow screen redraws, here\'s some things to check:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Use the correct video driver\r\n</strong>A default VMware Tools installation does not select the optimal video driver. After the Tools install completes and the subsequent reboot, go to the Device Manager and have the Display Adapter check for updated drivers in the  <strong>C:\\Program Files\\Common Files\\VMware\\Drivers\\wddm_video</strong> directory. It should update and the display adapter will now be labeled as a VMware SVGA 3D device.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Allocate sufficient video memory\r\n</strong>With the VM powered off, edit its settings and select the <strong>Video card</strong> virtual device. On the right, ensure a minimum of 8MB of video RAM has been allocated. More video RAM can be useful is certain use cases, but be aware that tweaking this setting will affect the virtual machine memory overhead on the host. The Settings editor includes a Video Memory Calculator. As usual, when \"right-sizing\" your VMs, you\'ll want to find the sweet spot that lets your VMs perform well without wasting resources through over-allocation.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Upgrade VM hardware\r\n</strong>The ESXi hypervisor emulates real server hardware for each virtual machine, including CPUs, motherboard, NICs, and SCSI drives. After major host updates, new virtual hardware is available to your guest VMs. It\'s just like shutting down a physical server and moving the hard drives over to a new server, but with perfect compatibility. VMware vSphere 5.0 introduces even more capabilities to your VMs, including support for up to 32 vCPUs and 1TB of memory. If your VMs have a virtual machine hardware upgrade available, you\'ll see <strong>Upgrade Virtual Hardware</strong> when you right-click on a powered-off VM. Note that this operation cannot be reversed without restoring from backup.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAll these actions can be performed on a virtual machine prior to converting it to a template. For existing VMs, the second and third checks can also be managed via <a href=\"http://www.vmware.com/go/powercli\">PowerCLI</a>.\r\n\r\nMore information on the WDDM driver can be found in <a href=\"http://kb.vmware.com/selfservice/microsites/search.do?language=en_US&amp;cmd=displayKC&amp;externalId=1016770\">VMware KB article 1016770</a>.','WINDOWS SERVER 2008R2 VIRTUAL MACHINE VIDEO PERFORMANCE','','publish','open','open','','windows-server-2008r2-virtual-machine-video-performance','','','2011-12-29 22:22:00','2011-12-29 22:22:00','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5775',0,'post','',0),(5776,35,'2011-12-29 21:15:53','2011-12-29 21:15:53','Many factors affect the performance of Windows Server 2008R2 running in a VM. If you\'re experiencing mouse lag or slow screen redraws, here\'s some things to check:\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>Use the correct video driver\n</strong>A default VMware Tools installation does not select the optimal video driver. After the Tools install completes and the subsequent reboot, go to the Device Manager and have the Display Adapter check for updated drivers in the  <strong>C:\\Program Files\\Common Files\\VMware\\Drivers\\wddm_video</strong> directory. It should update and the display adapter will now be labeled as a VMware SVGA 3D device.</li>\n	<li><strong>Allocate sufficient video memory\n</strong>With the VM powered off, edit its settings and select the <strong>Video card</strong> virtual device. On the right, ensure a minimum of 8MB of video RAM has been allocated. More video RAM can be useful is certain use cases, but be aware that tweaking this setting will affect virtual machine</li>\n</ul>','WINDOWS SERVER 2008R2 VIRTUAL MACHINE VIDEO PERFORMANCE','','inherit','open','open','','5775-revision','','','2011-12-29 21:15:53','2011-12-29 21:15:53','',5775,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5775-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5777,35,'2011-12-29 21:21:29','2011-12-29 21:21:29','Many factors affect the performance of Windows Server 2008R2 running in a VM. If you\'re experiencing mouse lag or slow screen redraws, here\'s some things to check:\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>Use the correct video driver\n</strong>A default VMware Tools installation does not select the optimal video driver. After the Tools install completes and the subsequent reboot, go to the Device Manager and have the Display Adapter check for updated drivers in the  <strong>C:\\Program Files\\Common Files\\VMware\\Drivers\\wddm_video</strong> directory. It should update and the display adapter will now be labeled as a VMware SVGA 3D device.</li>\n	<li><strong>Allocate sufficient video memory\n</strong>With the VM powered off, edit its settings and select the <strong>Video card</strong> virtual device. On the right, ensure a minimum of 8MB of video RAM has been allocated. More video RAM can be useful is certain use cases, but be aware that tweaking this setting will affect the virtual machine memory overhead on the host. The Settings editor includes a Video Memory Calculator. As usual, when \"right-sizing\" your VMs, you\'ll want to find the sweet spot that lets your VMs perform well without wasting resources through over-allocation. Older</li>\n</ul>','WINDOWS SERVER 2008R2 VIRTUAL MACHINE VIDEO PERFORMANCE','','inherit','open','open','','5775-revision-2','','','2011-12-29 21:21:29','2011-12-29 21:21:29','',5775,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5775-revision-2',0,'revision','',0),(5778,35,'2011-12-29 22:06:32','2011-12-29 22:06:32','Many factors affect the performance of Windows Server 2008R2 running in a VM. If you\'re experiencing mouse lag or slow screen redraws, here\'s some things to check:\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>Use the correct video driver\n</strong>A default VMware Tools installation does not select the optimal video driver. After the Tools install completes and the subsequent reboot, go to the Device Manager and have the Display Adapter check for updated drivers in the  <strong>C:\\Program Files\\Common Files\\VMware\\Drivers\\wddm_video</strong> directory. It should update and the display adapter will now be labeled as a VMware SVGA 3D device.</li>\n	<li><strong>Allocate sufficient video memory\n</strong>With the VM powered off, edit its settings and select the <strong>Video card</strong> virtual device. On the right, ensure a minimum of 8MB of video RAM has been allocated. More video RAM can be useful is certain use cases, but be aware that tweaking this setting will affect the virtual machine memory overhead on the host. The Settings editor includes a Video Memory Calculator. As usual, when \"right-sizing\" your VMs, you\'ll want to find the sweet spot that lets your VMs perform well without wasting resources through over-allocation.</li>\n	<li><strong>Upgrade VM hardware\n</strong>The ESXi hypervisor emulates real server hardware for each virtual machine, including CPUs, motherboard, NICs, and SCSI drives. After major host updates, new virtual hardware is available to your guest VMs. It\'s just like shutting down a physical server and moving the hard drives over to a new server, but with perfect compatibility. If your VMs have a virtual machine hardware upgrade available, you\'ll see <strong>Upgrade Virtual Hardware</strong> when you right-click on a powered-off VM. Note that this operation cannot be reversed without restoring from backup.</li>\n</ul>\n<div>All these actions can be performed on a virtual machine prior to converting it to a template. For existing VMs, the second and third checks can also be managed via <a href=\"http://www.vmware.com/go/powercli\">PowerCLI</a>.</div>','WINDOWS SERVER 2008R2 VIRTUAL MACHINE VIDEO PERFORMANCE','','inherit','open','open','','5775-revision-3','','','2011-12-29 22:06:32','2011-12-29 22:06:32','',5775,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5775-revision-3',0,'revision','',0),(5779,35,'2011-12-29 22:06:37','2011-12-29 22:06:37','Many factors affect the performance of Windows Server 2008R2 running in a VM. If you\'re experiencing mouse lag or slow screen redraws, here\'s some things to check:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Use the correct video driver\r\n</strong>A default VMware Tools installation does not select the optimal video driver. After the Tools install completes and the subsequent reboot, go to the Device Manager and have the Display Adapter check for updated drivers in the  <strong>C:\\Program Files\\Common Files\\VMware\\Drivers\\wddm_video</strong> directory. It should update and the display adapter will now be labeled as a VMware SVGA 3D device.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Allocate sufficient video memory\r\n</strong>With the VM powered off, edit its settings and select the <strong>Video card</strong> virtual device. On the right, ensure a minimum of 8MB of video RAM has been allocated. More video RAM can be useful is certain use cases, but be aware that tweaking this setting will affect the virtual machine memory overhead on the host. The Settings editor includes a Video Memory Calculator. As usual, when \"right-sizing\" your VMs, you\'ll want to find the sweet spot that lets your VMs perform well without wasting resources through over-allocation.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Upgrade VM hardware\r\n</strong>The ESXi hypervisor emulates real server hardware for each virtual machine, including CPUs, motherboard, NICs, and SCSI drives. After major host updates, new virtual hardware is available to your guest VMs. It\'s just like shutting down a physical server and moving the hard drives over to a new server, but with perfect compatibility. If your VMs have a virtual machine hardware upgrade available, you\'ll see <strong>Upgrade Virtual Hardware</strong> when you right-click on a powered-off VM. Note that this operation cannot be reversed without restoring from backup.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<div>All these actions can be performed on a virtual machine prior to converting it to a template. For existing VMs, the second and third checks can also be managed via <a href=\"http://www.vmware.com/go/powercli\">PowerCLI</a>.</div>','WINDOWS SERVER 2008R2 VIRTUAL MACHINE VIDEO PERFORMANCE','','inherit','open','open','','5775-revision-4','','','2011-12-29 22:06:37','2011-12-29 22:06:37','',5775,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5775-revision-4',0,'revision','',0),(5780,35,'2011-12-29 22:06:42','2011-12-29 22:06:42','Many factors affect the performance of Windows Server 2008R2 running in a VM. If you\'re experiencing mouse lag or slow screen redraws, here\'s some things to check:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Use the correct video driver\r\n</strong>A default VMware Tools installation does not select the optimal video driver. After the Tools install completes and the subsequent reboot, go to the Device Manager and have the Display Adapter check for updated drivers in the  <strong>C:\\Program Files\\Common Files\\VMware\\Drivers\\wddm_video</strong> directory. It should update and the display adapter will now be labeled as a VMware SVGA 3D device.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Allocate sufficient video memory\r\n</strong>With the VM powered off, edit its settings and select the <strong>Video card</strong> virtual device. On the right, ensure a minimum of 8MB of video RAM has been allocated. More video RAM can be useful is certain use cases, but be aware that tweaking this setting will affect the virtual machine memory overhead on the host. The Settings editor includes a Video Memory Calculator. As usual, when \"right-sizing\" your VMs, you\'ll want to find the sweet spot that lets your VMs perform well without wasting resources through over-allocation.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Upgrade VM hardware\r\n</strong>The ESXi hypervisor emulates real server hardware for each virtual machine, including CPUs, motherboard, NICs, and SCSI drives. After major host updates, new virtual hardware is available to your guest VMs. It\'s just like shutting down a physical server and moving the hard drives over to a new server, but with perfect compatibility. If your VMs have a virtual machine hardware upgrade available, you\'ll see <strong>Upgrade Virtual Hardware</strong> when you right-click on a powered-off VM. Note that this operation cannot be reversed without restoring from backup.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<div>All these actions can be performed on a virtual machine prior to converting it to a template. For existing VMs, the second and third checks can also be managed via <a href=\"http://www.vmware.com/go/powercli\">PowerCLI</a>.</div>','WINDOWS SERVER 2008R2 VIRTUAL MACHINE VIDEO PERFORMANCE','','inherit','open','open','','5775-revision-5','','','2011-12-29 22:06:42','2011-12-29 22:06:42','',5775,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5775-revision-5',0,'revision','',0),(5781,35,'2011-12-29 22:20:01','2011-12-29 22:20:01','Many factors affect the performance of Windows Server 2008R2 running in a VM. If you\'re experiencing mouse lag or slow screen redraws, here\'s some things to check:\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>Use the correct video driver\n</strong>A default VMware Tools installation does not select the optimal video driver. After the Tools install completes and the subsequent reboot, go to the Device Manager and have the Display Adapter check for updated drivers in the  <strong>C:\\Program Files\\Common Files\\VMware\\Drivers\\wddm_video</strong> directory. It should update and the display adapter will now be labeled as a VMware SVGA 3D device.</li>\n	<li><strong>Allocate sufficient video memory\n</strong>With the VM powered off, edit its settings and select the <strong>Video card</strong> virtual device. On the right, ensure a minimum of 8MB of video RAM has been allocated. More video RAM can be useful is certain use cases, but be aware that tweaking this setting will affect the virtual machine memory overhead on the host. The Settings editor includes a Video Memory Calculator. As usual, when \"right-sizing\" your VMs, you\'ll want to find the sweet spot that lets your VMs perform well without wasting resources through over-allocation.</li>\n	<li><strong>Upgrade VM hardware\n</strong>The ESXi hypervisor emulates real server hardware for each virtual machine, including CPUs, motherboard, NICs, and SCSI drives. After major host updates, new virtual hardware is available to your guest VMs. It\'s just like shutting down a physical server and moving the hard drives over to a new server, but with perfect compatibility. VMware vSphere 5.0 introduces even more capabilities to your VMs, including support for up to 32 vCPUs and 1TB of memory. If your VMs have a virtual machine hardware upgrade available, you\'ll see <strong>Upgrade Virtual Hardware</strong> when you right-click on a powered-off VM. Note that this operation cannot be reversed without restoring from backup.</li>\n</ul>\n<div>All these actions can be performed on a virtual machine prior to converting it to a template. For existing VMs, the second and third checks can also be managed via <a href=\"http://www.vmware.com/go/powercli\">PowerCLI</a>.</div>\n<div>More information on the WDDM driver can be found in VMware KB article .</div>','WINDOWS SERVER 2008R2 VIRTUAL MACHINE VIDEO PERFORMANCE','','inherit','open','open','','5775-autosave','','','2011-12-29 22:20:01','2011-12-29 22:20:01','',5775,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5775-autosave',0,'revision','',0),(5782,35,'2011-12-29 22:07:04','2011-12-29 22:07:04','Many factors affect the performance of Windows Server 2008R2 running in a VM. If you\'re experiencing mouse lag or slow screen redraws, here\'s some things to check:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Use the correct video driver\r\n</strong>A default VMware Tools installation does not select the optimal video driver. After the Tools install completes and the subsequent reboot, go to the Device Manager and have the Display Adapter check for updated drivers in the  <strong>C:\\Program Files\\Common Files\\VMware\\Drivers\\wddm_video</strong> directory. It should update and the display adapter will now be labeled as a VMware SVGA 3D device.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Allocate sufficient video memory\r\n</strong>With the VM powered off, edit its settings and select the <strong>Video card</strong> virtual device. On the right, ensure a minimum of 8MB of video RAM has been allocated. More video RAM can be useful is certain use cases, but be aware that tweaking this setting will affect the virtual machine memory overhead on the host. The Settings editor includes a Video Memory Calculator. As usual, when \"right-sizing\" your VMs, you\'ll want to find the sweet spot that lets your VMs perform well without wasting resources through over-allocation.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Upgrade VM hardware\r\n</strong>The ESXi hypervisor emulates real server hardware for each virtual machine, including CPUs, motherboard, NICs, and SCSI drives. After major host updates, new virtual hardware is available to your guest VMs. It\'s just like shutting down a physical server and moving the hard drives over to a new server, but with perfect compatibility. If your VMs have a virtual machine hardware upgrade available, you\'ll see <strong>Upgrade Virtual Hardware</strong> when you right-click on a powered-off VM. Note that this operation cannot be reversed without restoring from backup.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<div>All these actions can be performed on a virtual machine prior to converting it to a template. For existing VMs, the second and third checks can also be managed via <a href=\"http://www.vmware.com/go/powercli\">PowerCLI</a>.</div>','WINDOWS SERVER 2008R2 VIRTUAL MACHINE VIDEO PERFORMANCE','','inherit','open','open','','5775-revision-6','','','2011-12-29 22:07:04','2011-12-29 22:07:04','',5775,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5775-revision-6',0,'revision','',0),(5783,35,'2011-12-29 22:10:00','2011-12-29 22:10:00','Many factors affect the performance of Windows Server 2008R2 running in a VM. If you\'re experiencing mouse lag or slow screen redraws, here\'s some things to check:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Use the correct video driver\r\n</strong>A default VMware Tools installation does not select the optimal video driver. After the Tools install completes and the subsequent reboot, go to the Device Manager and have the Display Adapter check for updated drivers in the  <strong>C:\\Program Files\\Common Files\\VMware\\Drivers\\wddm_video</strong> directory. It should update and the display adapter will now be labeled as a VMware SVGA 3D device.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Allocate sufficient video memory\r\n</strong>With the VM powered off, edit its settings and select the <strong>Video card</strong> virtual device. On the right, ensure a minimum of 8MB of video RAM has been allocated. More video RAM can be useful is certain use cases, but be aware that tweaking this setting will affect the virtual machine memory overhead on the host. The Settings editor includes a Video Memory Calculator. As usual, when \"right-sizing\" your VMs, you\'ll want to find the sweet spot that lets your VMs perform well without wasting resources through over-allocation.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Upgrade VM hardware\r\n</strong>The ESXi hypervisor emulates real server hardware for each virtual machine, including CPUs, motherboard, NICs, and SCSI drives. After major host updates, new virtual hardware is available to your guest VMs. It\'s just like shutting down a physical server and moving the hard drives over to a new server, but with perfect compatibility. VMware vSphere 5.0 introduces even more capabilities to your VMs, including support for up to 32 vCPUs and 1TB of memory. If your VMs have a virtual machine hardware upgrade available, you\'ll see <strong>Upgrade Virtual Hardware</strong> when you right-click on a powered-off VM. Note that this operation cannot be reversed without restoring from backup.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<div>All these actions can be performed on a virtual machine prior to converting it to a template. For existing VMs, the second and third checks can also be managed via <a href=\"http://www.vmware.com/go/powercli\">PowerCLI</a>.</div>','WINDOWS SERVER 2008R2 VIRTUAL MACHINE VIDEO PERFORMANCE','','inherit','open','open','','5775-revision-7','','','2011-12-29 22:10:00','2011-12-29 22:10:00','',5775,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5775-revision-7',0,'revision','',0),(5784,35,'2011-12-29 22:20:24','2011-12-29 22:20:24','Many factors affect the performance of Windows Server 2008R2 running in a VM. If you\'re experiencing mouse lag or slow screen redraws, here\'s some things to check:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Use the correct video driver\r\n</strong>A default VMware Tools installation does not select the optimal video driver. After the Tools install completes and the subsequent reboot, go to the Device Manager and have the Display Adapter check for updated drivers in the  <strong>C:\\Program Files\\Common Files\\VMware\\Drivers\\wddm_video</strong> directory. It should update and the display adapter will now be labeled as a VMware SVGA 3D device.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Allocate sufficient video memory\r\n</strong>With the VM powered off, edit its settings and select the <strong>Video card</strong> virtual device. On the right, ensure a minimum of 8MB of video RAM has been allocated. More video RAM can be useful is certain use cases, but be aware that tweaking this setting will affect the virtual machine memory overhead on the host. The Settings editor includes a Video Memory Calculator. As usual, when \"right-sizing\" your VMs, you\'ll want to find the sweet spot that lets your VMs perform well without wasting resources through over-allocation.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Upgrade VM hardware\r\n</strong>The ESXi hypervisor emulates real server hardware for each virtual machine, including CPUs, motherboard, NICs, and SCSI drives. After major host updates, new virtual hardware is available to your guest VMs. It\'s just like shutting down a physical server and moving the hard drives over to a new server, but with perfect compatibility. VMware vSphere 5.0 introduces even more capabilities to your VMs, including support for up to 32 vCPUs and 1TB of memory. If your VMs have a virtual machine hardware upgrade available, you\'ll see <strong>Upgrade Virtual Hardware</strong> when you right-click on a powered-off VM. Note that this operation cannot be reversed without restoring from backup.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<div>All these actions can be performed on a virtual machine prior to converting it to a template. For existing VMs, the second and third checks can also be managed via <a href=\"http://www.vmware.com/go/powercli\">PowerCLI</a>.</div>\r\n<div>More information on the WDDM driver can be found in <a href=\"http://kb.vmware.com/selfservice/microsites/search.do?language=en_US&amp;cmd=displayKC&amp;externalId=1016770\">VMware KB article 1016770</a>.</div>','WINDOWS SERVER 2008R2 VIRTUAL MACHINE VIDEO PERFORMANCE','','inherit','open','open','','5775-revision-8','','','2011-12-29 22:20:24','2011-12-29 22:20:24','',5775,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5775-revision-8',0,'revision','',0),(5785,35,'2011-12-29 22:20:47','2011-12-29 22:20:47','Many factors affect the performance of Windows Server 2008R2 running in a VM. If you\'re experiencing mouse lag or slow screen redraws, here\'s some things to check:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Use the correct video driver\r\n</strong>A default VMware Tools installation does not select the optimal video driver. After the Tools install completes and the subsequent reboot, go to the Device Manager and have the Display Adapter check for updated drivers in the  <strong>C:\\Program Files\\Common Files\\VMware\\Drivers\\wddm_video</strong> directory. It should update and the display adapter will now be labeled as a VMware SVGA 3D device.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Allocate sufficient video memory\r\n</strong>With the VM powered off, edit its settings and select the <strong>Video card</strong> virtual device. On the right, ensure a minimum of 8MB of video RAM has been allocated. More video RAM can be useful is certain use cases, but be aware that tweaking this setting will affect the virtual machine memory overhead on the host. The Settings editor includes a Video Memory Calculator. As usual, when \"right-sizing\" your VMs, you\'ll want to find the sweet spot that lets your VMs perform well without wasting resources through over-allocation.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Upgrade VM hardware\r\n</strong>The ESXi hypervisor emulates real server hardware for each virtual machine, including CPUs, motherboard, NICs, and SCSI drives. After major host updates, new virtual hardware is available to your guest VMs. It\'s just like shutting down a physical server and moving the hard drives over to a new server, but with perfect compatibility. VMware vSphere 5.0 introduces even more capabilities to your VMs, including support for up to 32 vCPUs and 1TB of memory. If your VMs have a virtual machine hardware upgrade available, you\'ll see <strong>Upgrade Virtual Hardware</strong> when you right-click on a powered-off VM. Note that this operation cannot be reversed without restoring from backup.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<div>All these actions can be performed on a virtual machine prior to converting it to a template. For existing VMs, the second and third checks can also be managed via <a href=\"http://www.vmware.com/go/powercli\">PowerCLI</a>.</div>\r\n<div>More information on the WDDM driver can be found in <a href=\"http://kb.vmware.com/selfservice/microsites/search.do?language=en_US&amp;cmd=displayKC&amp;externalId=1016770\">VMware KB article 1016770</a>.</div>','WINDOWS SERVER 2008R2 VIRTUAL MACHINE VIDEO PERFORMANCE','','inherit','open','open','','5775-revision-9','','','2011-12-29 22:20:47','2011-12-29 22:20:47','',5775,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5775-revision-9',0,'revision','',0),(5786,35,'2011-12-29 22:21:05','2011-12-29 22:21:05','Many factors affect the performance of Windows Server 2008R2 running in a VM. If you\'re experiencing mouse lag or slow screen redraws, here\'s some things to check:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Use the correct video driver\r\n</strong>A default VMware Tools installation does not select the optimal video driver. After the Tools install completes and the subsequent reboot, go to the Device Manager and have the Display Adapter check for updated drivers in the  <strong>C:\\Program Files\\Common Files\\VMware\\Drivers\\wddm_video</strong> directory. It should update and the display adapter will now be labeled as a VMware SVGA 3D device.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Allocate sufficient video memory\r\n</strong>With the VM powered off, edit its settings and select the <strong>Video card</strong> virtual device. On the right, ensure a minimum of 8MB of video RAM has been allocated. More video RAM can be useful is certain use cases, but be aware that tweaking this setting will affect the virtual machine memory overhead on the host. The Settings editor includes a Video Memory Calculator. As usual, when \"right-sizing\" your VMs, you\'ll want to find the sweet spot that lets your VMs perform well without wasting resources through over-allocation.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Upgrade VM hardware\r\n</strong>The ESXi hypervisor emulates real server hardware for each virtual machine, including CPUs, motherboard, NICs, and SCSI drives. After major host updates, new virtual hardware is available to your guest VMs. It\'s just like shutting down a physical server and moving the hard drives over to a new server, but with perfect compatibility. VMware vSphere 5.0 introduces even more capabilities to your VMs, including support for up to 32 vCPUs and 1TB of memory. If your VMs have a virtual machine hardware upgrade available, you\'ll see <strong>Upgrade Virtual Hardware</strong> when you right-click on a powered-off VM. Note that this operation cannot be reversed without restoring from backup.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<div>All these actions can be performed on a virtual machine prior to converting it to a template. For existing VMs, the second and third checks can also be managed via <a href=\"http://www.vmware.com/go/powercli\">PowerCLI</a>.</div>\r\n<div>More information on the WDDM driver can be found in <a href=\"http://kb.vmware.com/selfservice/microsites/search.do?language=en_US&amp;cmd=displayKC&amp;externalId=1016770\">VMware KB article 1016770</a>.</div>','WINDOWS SERVER 2008R2 VIRTUAL MACHINE VIDEO PERFORMANCE','','inherit','open','open','','5775-revision-10','','','2011-12-29 22:21:05','2011-12-29 22:21:05','',5775,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5775-revision-10',0,'revision','',0),(5787,44,'2011-12-26 12:29:38','2011-12-26 12:29:38','','Auto Draft','','inherit','open','open','','5756-revision','','','2011-12-26 12:29:38','2011-12-26 12:29:38','',5756,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5756-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5789,44,'2011-12-30 11:54:15','2011-12-30 11:54:15','<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">I recently had the opportunity to upgrade a customer’s Quest (Vizioncore) vRanger Pro implementation to version 5.3.  I was pleasantly surprised with the performance and ease of use of the product compared to previous versions.</span></span>\n\n<strong><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Key Features in vRanger 5.3:</span></span></strong>\n\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\"><strong>Full VMware ESX and ESXi Support </strong>— Provides a wide range of backup and recovery capabilities, plus replication\n\n<strong>Flexible Enterprise-Class Deduplication</strong> — NetVault SmartDisk vRanger Edition offers flexible enterprise-class deduplication with an SMB price\n\n<strong>Virtual Appliance for ESXi</strong>— Uses low-resource Virtual Appliances to replicate ESXi VM data, including differential replication\n\n<strong>VMware HotAdd Support</strong> — Delivers faster speeds when making network backups of ESXi\n\n<strong>Fully integrates with vCenter</strong>— Enhances security for compliance with support for granular ESXi service lock-down and eliminates host login requirements as root\n\n<strong>vRanger 5.3 is Certified VMware-Ready for vSphere 5</strong> </span></span>','QUEST VRANGER 5.3 CERTIFIED WITH VSPHERE 5','','inherit','open','open','','5756-revision-2','','','2011-12-30 11:54:15','2011-12-30 11:54:15','',5756,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5756-revision-2',0,'revision','',0),(5790,44,'2011-12-30 12:07:40','2011-12-30 12:07:40','<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">I recently had the opportunity to upgrade a customer’s Quest (Vizioncore) vRanger Pro implementation to version 5.3.  I was pleasantly surprised with the performance and ease of use of the product compared to previous versions.</span></span>\n\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">Version 5.3 is a maintenance release of 5.2 that was released last August that also adds <a href=\"http://communities.quest.com/community/vranger/blog/2011/12/01/introduction-to-the-new-deduplication-option-for-quest-vranger-v53\">deduplication support</a>.  The product now includes</span></span> full VMware ESX and ESXi support, as well as VMware HotAdd support for faster speeds when making network backups of ESXi. The latest version of the platform also features the ability to run as a low-resource usage virtual appliance when replicating ESXi virtual machine data.\n\n<strong><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Key Features in vRanger 5:</span></span></strong>\n\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\"><strong>Full VMware ESX and ESXi Support </strong>— Provides a wide range of backup and recovery capabilities, plus replication</span></span>\n\n<strong>Flexible Enterprise-Class Deduplication</strong> — NetVault SmartDisk vRanger Edition offers flexible enterprise-class deduplication with an SMB price\n\n<strong>Virtual Appliance for ESXi</strong>— Uses low-resource Virtual Appliances to replicate ESXi VM data, including differential replication\n\n<strong>VMware HotAdd Support</strong> — Delivers faster speeds when making network backups of ESXi\n\n<strong>Fully integrates with vCenter</strong>— Enhances security for compliance with support for granular ESXi service lock-down and eliminates host login requirements as root\n\n<strong>vRanger 5 is Certified VMware-Ready for vSphere 5</strong>','QUEST VRANGER 5.3 CERTIFIED WITH VSPHERE 5','','inherit','open','open','','5756-autosave','','','2011-12-30 12:07:40','2011-12-30 12:07:40','',5756,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5756-autosave',0,'revision','',0),(5791,44,'2011-12-30 11:54:42','2011-12-30 11:54:42','<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">I recently had the opportunity to upgrade a customer’s Quest (Vizioncore) vRanger Pro implementation to version 5.3.  I was pleasantly surprised with the performance and ease of use of the product compared to previous versions.</span></span>\r\n\r\n<strong><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Key Features in vRanger 5.3:</span></span></strong>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\"><strong>Full VMware ESX and ESXi Support </strong>— Provides a wide range of backup and recovery capabilities, plus replication\r\n\r\n<strong>Flexible Enterprise-Class Deduplication</strong> — NetVault SmartDisk vRanger Edition offers flexible enterprise-class deduplication with an SMB price\r\n\r\n<strong>Virtual Appliance for ESXi</strong>— Uses low-resource Virtual Appliances to replicate ESXi VM data, including differential replication\r\n\r\n<strong>VMware HotAdd Support</strong> — Delivers faster speeds when making network backups of ESXi\r\n\r\n<strong>Fully integrates with vCenter</strong>— Enhances security for compliance with support for granular ESXi service lock-down and eliminates host login requirements as root\r\n\r\n<strong>vRanger 5 is Certified VMware-Ready for vSphere 5</strong> </span></span>','QUEST VRANGER 5.3 CERTIFIED WITH VSPHERE 5','','inherit','open','open','','5756-revision-3','','','2011-12-30 11:54:42','2011-12-30 11:54:42','',5756,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5756-revision-3',0,'revision','',0),(5794,44,'2011-12-30 12:18:03','2011-12-30 12:18:03','Here\'s a fun way to end the year: Watch Cnet.com\'s video <a href=\"http://cnettv.cnet.com/bloopers-2011-best-worst-cnet/9742-1_53-50116870.html?tag=epicStories\">blooper reel</a>.','A YEAR END TREAT','','publish','open','open','','a-year-end-treat','','','2011-12-30 12:18:03','2011-12-30 12:18:03','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5794',0,'post','',0),(5792,44,'2011-12-30 12:04:47','2011-12-30 12:04:47','<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">I recently had the opportunity to upgrade a customer’s Quest (Vizioncore) vRanger Pro implementation to version 5.3.  I was pleasantly surprised with the performance and ease of use of the product compared to previous versions.</span></span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">Version 5.3 is a maintenance release of 5.2 that was released last August.  It also adds <a href=\"http://communities.quest.com/community/vranger/blog/2011/12/01/introduction-to-the-new-deduplication-option-for-quest-vranger-v53\">deduplication support</a>.</span></span>\r\n\r\nKey enhancements include full VMware ESX and ESXi support, as well as VMware HotAdd support for faster speeds when making network backups of ESXi. The latest version of the platform also features the ability to run as a low-resource usage virtual appliance when replicating ESXi virtual machine data.\r\n\r\n<strong><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Key Features in vRanger 5:</span></span></strong>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\"><strong>Full VMware ESX and ESXi Support </strong>— Provides a wide range of backup and recovery capabilities, plus replication</span></span>\r\n\r\n<strong>Flexible Enterprise-Class Deduplication</strong> — NetVault SmartDisk vRanger Edition offers flexible enterprise-class deduplication with an SMB price\r\n\r\n<strong>Virtual Appliance for ESXi</strong>— Uses low-resource Virtual Appliances to replicate ESXi VM data, including differential replication\r\n\r\n<strong>VMware HotAdd Support</strong> — Delivers faster speeds when making network backups of ESXi\r\n\r\n<strong>Fully integrates with vCenter</strong>— Enhances security for compliance with support for granular ESXi service lock-down and eliminates host login requirements as root\r\n\r\n<strong>vRanger 5 is Certified VMware-Ready for vSphere 5</strong>','QUEST VRANGER 5.3 CERTIFIED WITH VSPHERE 5','','inherit','open','open','','5756-revision-4','','','2011-12-30 12:04:47','2011-12-30 12:04:47','',5756,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5756-revision-4',0,'revision','',0),(5793,44,'2011-12-30 12:05:59','2011-12-30 12:05:59','<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">I recently had the opportunity to upgrade a customer’s Quest (Vizioncore) vRanger Pro implementation to version 5.3.  I was pleasantly surprised with the performance and ease of use of the product compared to previous versions.</span></span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">Version 5.3 is a maintenance release of 5.2 that was released last August.  It also adds <a href=\"http://communities.quest.com/community/vranger/blog/2011/12/01/introduction-to-the-new-deduplication-option-for-quest-vranger-v53\">deduplication support</a>.  The product now includes</span></span> full VMware ESX and ESXi support, as well as VMware HotAdd support for faster speeds when making network backups of ESXi. The latest version of the platform also features the ability to run as a low-resource usage virtual appliance when replicating ESXi virtual machine data.\r\n\r\n<strong><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Key Features in vRanger 5:</span></span></strong>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\"><strong>Full VMware ESX and ESXi Support </strong>— Provides a wide range of backup and recovery capabilities, plus replication</span></span>\r\n\r\n<strong>Flexible Enterprise-Class Deduplication</strong> — NetVault SmartDisk vRanger Edition offers flexible enterprise-class deduplication with an SMB price\r\n\r\n<strong>Virtual Appliance for ESXi</strong>— Uses low-resource Virtual Appliances to replicate ESXi VM data, including differential replication\r\n\r\n<strong>VMware HotAdd Support</strong> — Delivers faster speeds when making network backups of ESXi\r\n\r\n<strong>Fully integrates with vCenter</strong>— Enhances security for compliance with support for granular ESXi service lock-down and eliminates host login requirements as root\r\n\r\n<strong>vRanger 5 is Certified VMware-Ready for vSphere 5</strong>','QUEST VRANGER 5.3 CERTIFIED WITH VSPHERE 5','','inherit','open','open','','5756-revision-5','','','2011-12-30 12:05:59','2011-12-30 12:05:59','',5756,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5756-revision-5',0,'revision','',0),(5795,44,'2011-12-30 12:17:27','2011-12-30 12:17:27','Here\'s a fun way to end the year: Watch Cnet.com\'s <a href=\"http://cnettv.cnet.com/bloopers-2011-best-worst-cnet/9742-1_53-50116870.html?tag=epicStories\">blooper reel</a>.','A YEAR END TREAT','','inherit','open','open','','5794-revision','','','2011-12-30 12:17:27','2011-12-30 12:17:27','',5794,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5794-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5796,44,'2011-12-30 12:19:09','2011-12-30 12:19:09','Here\'s a fun way to end the year: Watch Cnet.com\'s video <a href=\"http://cnettv.cnet.com/bloopers-2011-best-worst-cnet/9742-1_53-50116870.html?tag=epicStories\">blooper reel</a>.','A YEAR END TREAT','','inherit','open','open','','5794-autosave','','','2011-12-30 12:19:09','2011-12-30 12:19:09','',5794,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5794-autosave',0,'revision','',0),(5798,35,'2011-12-30 21:55:34','2011-12-30 21:55:34','<ul>\n	<li>Force Classic Control Panel</li>\n	<li>No Ctrl</li>\n</ul>','USEFUL GROUP POLICIES FOR VIRTUAL SERVERS','','inherit','open','open','','5797-revision','','','2011-12-30 21:55:34','2011-12-30 21:55:34','',5797,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5797-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5799,35,'2011-12-30 21:56:15','2011-12-30 21:56:15','<ul>\r\n	<li>Force Classic Control Panel</li>\r\n	<li>No Ctrl+Alt+Del</li>\r\n	<li>No Initial Setup or Server Management</li>\r\n	<li>Show All Tray Icons</li>\r\n</ul>','USEFUL GROUP POLICIES FOR VIRTUAL SERVERS','','inherit','open','open','','5797-revision-2','','','2011-12-30 21:56:15','2011-12-30 21:56:15','',5797,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5797-revision-2',0,'revision','',0),(5813,44,'2012-01-11 18:45:40','2012-01-11 18:45:40','New pricing for <a href=\"http://www.veeam.com/vmware-esx-backup.html?ad=btn\" target=\"_blank\"><strong><span style=\"font-family: Times New Roman\">Veeam Backup &amp; Replication v6</span></strong></a> goes into effect February 1, 2012. If you’ve been considering buying Veeam now is a great time to do it!\r\n\r\n<strong>Until Feb. 1, 2012</strong>, new customers can purchase version 6 and current customers can purchase additional sockets, prepaid maintenance or renew support, <strong>all at current pricing!</strong>\r\n<table width=\"100%\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td>\r\n<div align=\"center\">\r\n<table width=\"370\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td>&nbsp;</td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><strong><span style=\"text-decoration: underline\">Current</span></strong></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><strong><span style=\"text-decoration: underline\">New</span></strong></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><strong><span style=\"text-decoration: underline\">Change</span></strong></p>\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td><strong>Enterprise Edition</strong></td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">$899</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">$1,099</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><strong>22%</strong>*</p>\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td><strong>tandard Edition</strong></td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">$599</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">$699</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><strong>17%</strong></p>\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\n</div></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri;font-size: small\">Call your eGroup account representative or email </span><a href=\"mailto:sales@eGroup-us.com\"><span style=\"font-family: Times New Roman;color: #0000ff;font-size: small\">sales@eGroup-us.com</span></a><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"> to order today!</span></span>\r\n\r\n<em>* All prices are MSRP (manufacturer suggested retail price) per CPU socket for tier A licenses.</em>','VEEAM PRICE INCREASE COMING SOON','','publish','open','open','','veeam-price-increase-coming-soon','','','2012-01-11 18:48:47','2012-01-11 18:48:47','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5813',0,'post','',0),(5830,35,'2012-01-15 00:37:45','2012-01-15 00:37:45','Recently I worked with a customer that who was experiencing some odd spam false positive behavior. Even though they had purchased and deployed a third-party spam filter, Exchange was still evaluating each piece of mail and moving suspected spam emails into each user\'s Junk Mail folder. This was considered undesired behavior. Any mail that made it past the third-party spam filtering appliance was to be treated as known-good.\r\n\r\nUnfortunately you can\'t simply disable the native Exchange spam filter, but you can achieve equivalent behavior. Here\'s how:\r\n\r\nExamine the email headers on a piece of false-positive spam (in Outlook 2010, File -&gt; Properties -&gt; Internet Headers) and note the value of the <strong>X-MS-Exchange-Organization-SCL</strong> line. In this case, the value was 9 (out of a possible 9) meaning Exchange had analyzed the email and determined (with a high degree of confidence) that it was spam.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5831\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail-300x229.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLaunch the Exchange Management Shell (it\'s Powershell for Exchange). It should connect to your Exchange server automatically. Run <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig</strong> and note the value of the <strong>SCLJunkThreshold</strong> line. This value determines the maximum spam rating that is allowed to go straight to a user\'s mailbox. Mail with a higher rating will go to the Junk Mail folder instead. This field accepts a maximum value of 9, so if we set it to 9 we will effectively tell Exchange to trust all incoming mail.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5832\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81-300x160.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" /></a>\r\n\r\nRun <strong>Set-OrganizationConfig -scljunkthreshold 9 </strong>(where 9 is the new value that you want the server to trust).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5834\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9-300x97.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"97\" /></a>\r\n\r\nYou can view the new value has taken effect by re-running <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig.</strong>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5833\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9-300x180.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThere\'s no need to run this command on each Exchange server - just run it once on any server and it replicates to other mail servers in the organization.','DISABLE EXCHANGE 2010 SPAM FILTERING','','publish','open','open','','disable-exchange-2010-spam-filtering','','','2012-01-15 00:37:45','2012-01-15 00:37:45','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5830',0,'post','',0),(5802,5,'2012-01-04 19:53:32','2012-01-04 19:53:32','NetWorker for VMware provides an alternate client backup technology for virtual machines in conjunction with vStorage APIs for Data Protection (VADP) technology from VMware.\r\n\r\nVADP helps to perform backups from a VADP backup proxy server, which can be a physical or virtual machine, using the VMware snapshot technique (A point in time copy of the virtual machine). VADP can be used with a vCenter Server.\r\n\r\nThe following are advantages of VADP backup and recovery:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>VADP backups offload backup processes from the ESX server to a VADP proxy server.</li>\r\n	<li>Eliminates the need for a backup window by using VMware virtual machine snapshot technology.</li>\r\n	<li>Supports file level backups with incremental and differentials for virtual machines running Microsoft Windows guest operating system.</li>\r\n	<li>Supports image level backups for virtual machines running any guest operating system supported by VMware.</li>\r\n	<li>Supports the ability to recover individual files from an image level backup (Windows NTFS only).</li>\r\n	<li>Supports deduplication across virtual machines and servers.</li>\r\n	<li>Backup impact on the target virtual machine and other virtual machines hosted on the same server is minimized.</li>\r\n	<li>There is no need to install NetWorker software on each virtual machine.</li>\r\n	<li>Provides LAN-Free backup because the VADP proxy server can be connected to the SAN through a fibre channel adapter.</li>\r\n	<li>Advanced VMware features and configurations like Distributed Resource Scheduling (DRS) and VMotion do not have any impact on the performance of NetWorker.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<div>In the next few weeks, I will be implementing VADP in the lab and testing it out.  I will post more information on how it works compared to VCB and VDR.</div>\r\n<div>Will Turbeville</div>\r\n<div>twitter: @wturbeville</div>\r\n<pre></pre>','EMC NETWORKER WITH vStorage API\'s FOR DATA PROTECTION (VADP)','','publish','open','open','','emc-networker-with-vstorage-apis-for-data-protection-vadp','','','2012-01-04 19:53:32','2012-01-04 19:53:32','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5802',0,'post','',0),(5803,5,'2012-01-04 19:44:21','2012-01-04 19:44:21','<pre>NetWorker for VMware provides an alternate client backup technology for virtual machines in conjunction with vStorage APIs for Data Protection (VADP) technology \nfrom VMware.</pre>\n<pre>VADP helps to perform backups from a VADP backup proxy server, which can be a physical or virtual machine, using the VMware snapshot technique (A point in time \ncopy of the virtual machine). VADP can be used with a vCenter Server.</pre>','EMC NETWORKER AND vStorage API\'s FOR DATA PROTECTION (VADP)','','inherit','open','open','','5802-revision','','','2012-01-04 19:44:21','2012-01-04 19:44:21','',5802,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5802-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5804,5,'2012-01-04 19:44:46','2012-01-04 19:44:46','<pre>NetWorker for VMware provides an alternate client backup technology for virtual machines in conjunction with vStorage APIs for Data Protection (VADP) technology \r\nfrom VMware.</pre>\r\n<pre>VADP helps to perform backups from a VADP backup proxy server, which can be a physical or virtual machine, using the VMware snapshot technique (A point in time \r\ncopy of the virtual machine). VADP can be used with a vCenter Server.</pre>','EMC NETWORKER AND vStorage API\'s FOR DATA PROTECTION (VADP)','','inherit','open','open','','5802-revision-2','','','2012-01-04 19:44:46','2012-01-04 19:44:46','',5802,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5802-revision-2',0,'revision','',0),(5805,5,'2012-01-04 19:51:21','2012-01-04 19:51:21','NetWorker for VMware provides an alternate client backup technology for virtual machines in conjunction with vStorage APIs for Data Protection (VADP) technology from VMware.\r\n\r\nVADP helps to perform backups from a VADP backup proxy server, which can be a physical or virtual machine, using the VMware snapshot technique (A point in time copy of the virtual machine). VADP can be used with a vCenter Server.\r\n\r\nThe following are advantages of VADP backup and recovery:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>VADP backups offload backup processes from the ESX server to a VADP proxy server.</li>\r\n	<li>Eliminates the need for a backup window by using VMware virtual machine snapshot technology.</li>\r\n	<li>Supports file level backups with incremental and differentials for virtual machines running Microsoft Windows guest operating system.</li>\r\n	<li>Supports image level backups for virtual machines running any guest operating system supported by VMware.</li>\r\n	<li>Supports the ability to recover individual files from an image level backup (Windows NTFS only).</li>\r\n	<li>Supports deduplication across virtual machines and servers.</li>\r\n	<li>Backup impact on the target virtual machine and other virtual machines hosted on the same server is minimized.</li>\r\n	<li>There is no need to install NetWorker software on each virtual machine.</li>\r\n	<li>Provides LAN-Free backup because the VADP proxy server can be connected to the SAN through a fibre channel adapter.</li>\r\n	<li>Advanced VMware features and configurations like Distributed Resource Scheduling (DRS) and VMotion do not have any impact on the performance of NetWorker.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<div>In the next few weeks, I will be implementing VADP in our lab and testing it out.  I will post more information on how it works compared to VCB and VDR.</div>\r\n<div>Will Turbeville</div>\r\n<div>twitter: @wturbeville</div>\r\n<pre></pre>','EMC NETWORKER AND vStorage API\'s FOR DATA PROTECTION (VADP)','','inherit','open','open','','5802-revision-3','','','2012-01-04 19:51:21','2012-01-04 19:51:21','',5802,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5802-revision-3',0,'revision','',0),(5806,5,'2012-01-04 19:52:22','2012-01-04 19:52:22','NetWorker for VMware provides an alternate client backup technology for virtual machines in conjunction with vStorage APIs for Data Protection (VADP) technology from VMware.\r\n\r\nVADP helps to perform backups from a VADP backup proxy server, which can be a physical or virtual machine, using the VMware snapshot technique (A point in time copy of the virtual machine). VADP can be used with a vCenter Server.\r\n\r\nThe following are advantages of VADP backup and recovery:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>VADP backups offload backup processes from the ESX server to a VADP proxy server.</li>\r\n	<li>Eliminates the need for a backup window by using VMware virtual machine snapshot technology.</li>\r\n	<li>Supports file level backups with incremental and differentials for virtual machines running Microsoft Windows guest operating system.</li>\r\n	<li>Supports image level backups for virtual machines running any guest operating system supported by VMware.</li>\r\n	<li>Supports the ability to recover individual files from an image level backup (Windows NTFS only).</li>\r\n	<li>Supports deduplication across virtual machines and servers.</li>\r\n	<li>Backup impact on the target virtual machine and other virtual machines hosted on the same server is minimized.</li>\r\n	<li>There is no need to install NetWorker software on each virtual machine.</li>\r\n	<li>Provides LAN-Free backup because the VADP proxy server can be connected to the SAN through a fibre channel adapter.</li>\r\n	<li>Advanced VMware features and configurations like Distributed Resource Scheduling (DRS) and VMotion do not have any impact on the performance of NetWorker.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<div>In the next few weeks, I will be implementing VADP in the lab and testing it out.  I will post more information on how it works compared to VCB and VDR.</div>\r\n<div>Will Turbeville</div>\r\n<div>twitter: @wturbeville</div>\r\n<pre></pre>','EMC NETWORKER AND vStorage API\'s FOR DATA PROTECTION (VADP)','','inherit','open','open','','5802-revision-4','','','2012-01-04 19:52:22','2012-01-04 19:52:22','',5802,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5802-revision-4',0,'revision','',0),(5807,5,'2012-01-04 19:52:44','2012-01-04 19:52:44','NetWorker for VMware provides an alternate client backup technology for virtual machines in conjunction with vStorage APIs for Data Protection (VADP) technology from VMware.\r\n\r\nVADP helps to perform backups from a VADP backup proxy server, which can be a physical or virtual machine, using the VMware snapshot technique (A point in time copy of the virtual machine). VADP can be used with a vCenter Server.\r\n\r\nThe following are advantages of VADP backup and recovery:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>VADP backups offload backup processes from the ESX server to a VADP proxy server.</li>\r\n	<li>Eliminates the need for a backup window by using VMware virtual machine snapshot technology.</li>\r\n	<li>Supports file level backups with incremental and differentials for virtual machines running Microsoft Windows guest operating system.</li>\r\n	<li>Supports image level backups for virtual machines running any guest operating system supported by VMware.</li>\r\n	<li>Supports the ability to recover individual files from an image level backup (Windows NTFS only).</li>\r\n	<li>Supports deduplication across virtual machines and servers.</li>\r\n	<li>Backup impact on the target virtual machine and other virtual machines hosted on the same server is minimized.</li>\r\n	<li>There is no need to install NetWorker software on each virtual machine.</li>\r\n	<li>Provides LAN-Free backup because the VADP proxy server can be connected to the SAN through a fibre channel adapter.</li>\r\n	<li>Advanced VMware features and configurations like Distributed Resource Scheduling (DRS) and VMotion do not have any impact on the performance of NetWorker.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<div>In the next few weeks, I will be implementing VADP in the lab and testing it out.  I will post more information on how it works compared to VCB and VDR.</div>\r\n<div>Will Turbeville</div>\r\n<div>twitter: @wturbeville</div>\r\n<pre></pre>','EMC NETWORKER WITH vStorage API\'s FOR DATA PROTECTION (VADP)','','inherit','open','open','','5802-revision-5','','','2012-01-04 19:52:44','2012-01-04 19:52:44','',5802,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5802-revision-5',0,'revision','',0),(5808,5,'2012-01-04 19:54:36','2012-01-04 19:54:36','NetWorker for VMware provides an alternate client backup technology for virtual machines in conjunction with vStorage APIs for Data Protection (VADP) technology from VMware.\n\nVADP helps to perform backups from a VADP backup proxy server, which can be a physical or virtual machine, using the VMware snapshot technique (A point in time copy of the virtual machine). VADP can be used with a vCenter Server.\n\nThe following are advantages of VADP backup and recovery:\n<ul>\n	<li>VADP backups offload backup processes from the ESX server to a VADP proxy server.</li>\n	<li>Eliminates the need for a backup window by using VMware virtual machine snapshot technology.</li>\n	<li>Supports file level backups with incremental and differentials for virtual machines running Microsoft Windows guest operating system.</li>\n	<li>Supports image level backups for virtual machines running any guest operating system supported by VMware.</li>\n	<li>Supports the ability to recover individual files from an image level backup (Windows NTFS only).</li>\n	<li>Supports deduplication across virtual machines and servers.</li>\n	<li>Backup impact on the target virtual machine and other virtual machines hosted on the same server is minimized.</li>\n	<li>There is no need to install NetWorker software on each virtual machine.</li>\n	<li>Provides LAN-Free backup because the VADP proxy server can be connected to the SAN through a fibre channel adapter.</li>\n	<li>Advanced VMware features and configurations like Distributed Resource Scheduling (DRS) and VMotion do not have any impact on the performance of NetWorker.</li>\n</ul>\n<div>In the next few weeks, I will be implementing VADP in the lab and testing it out.  I will post more information on how it works compared to VCB and VDR.</div>\n<div>Will Turbeville</div>\n<div>twitter: @wturbeville</div>\n<pre></pre>','EMC NETWORKER WITH vStorage API\'s FOR DATA PROTECTION (VADP)','','inherit','open','open','','5802-autosave','','','2012-01-04 19:54:36','2012-01-04 19:54:36','',5802,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5802-autosave',0,'revision','',0),(5811,35,'2012-01-10 16:03:32','2012-01-10 16:03:32','<div>One of the best ways to learn any new technology can be to install it in a test lab and see how it behaves. One of the benefits of virtualizing your learning lab is the ability to create server templates which let you rapidly deploy VMs, test applications, and then blow it all away and reset. This leads to lots of first time logins on newly installed servers. Here are a few useful group policies that make the process a bit more streamlined:</div>\n<ul>\n	<li>Force Classic Control Panel</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>As a true geek, the first time I open the Control Panel on a Windows 7 or Server 2008/R2 VM, I reach up to that \"View by: Category\" dropdown and change it to \"View by: Small icons\" so that I can see all the control panel icons at once. This GPO sets that to the default view for all users.</li>\n<ul></ul>\n</ul>\n	<li>No Ctrl+Alt+Del</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This turns off the \"Press Ctrl+Alt+Del to logon\" prompt and saves you from having to reach for Ctrl+Alt+Ins when you\'re logging in within the vSphere Client.</li>\n<ul></ul>\n</ul>\n	<li>No Initial Setup or Server Management</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>If you use the Initial Setup or Server Management dialogs to help you setup your servers, you\'ll want to skip this GPO. I normally close them as soon as they appear (and they reappear for every new user on the system). If it takes half of a second to close each one, just think of how many dozens of seconds this could potentially save me over the course of a lifetime &lt;sarcasm&gt;.</li>\n<ul></ul>\n</ul>\n	<li>Show All Tray Icons (need more research - reg key in GPO Prefs?)</li>\n</ul>','USEFUL GROUP POLICIES FOR VIRTUAL SERVERS','','inherit','open','open','','5797-revision-3','','','2012-01-10 16:03:32','2012-01-10 16:03:32','',5797,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5797-revision-3',0,'revision','',0),(5822,35,'2012-01-14 22:53:28','2012-01-14 22:53:28','<div>One of the best ways to learn any new technology can be to install it in a test lab and see how it behaves. One of the benefits of virtualizing your learning lab is the ability to create server templates which let you rapidly deploy VMs, test applications, and then blow it all away and reset. This leads to lots of first time logins on newly installed servers. Here are a few useful group policies that make the process a bit more streamlined:</div>\n<ul>\n	<li>Force Classic Control Panel</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>As a true geek, the first time I open the Control Panel on a Windows 7 or Server 2008/R2 VM, I reach up to that \"View by: Category\" dropdown and change it to \"View by: Small icons\" so that I can see all the control panel icons at once. This GPO sets that to the default view for all users.</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>User Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Control Panel\\<strong>Always open All Control Panel items</strong></strong></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n	<li>No Ctrl+Alt+Del</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This turns off the \"Press Ctrl+Alt+Del to logon\" prompt and saves you from having to reach for Ctrl+Alt+Ins when you\'re logging in within the vSphere Client.</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Windows Settings\\Security Settings\\Local Policies\\Security Options\\Disable CTRL+ALT+DEL requirement for logon</strong></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n	<li>No Initial Setup or Server Management</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>If you use the Initial Setup or Server Management dialogs to help you setup your servers, you\'ll want to skip this GPO. I normally close them as soon as they appear (and they reappear for every new user on the system). If it takes half of a second to close each one, just think of how many dozens of seconds this could potentially save me over the course of a lifetime &lt;sarcasm&gt;.</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Initial Configuration Tasks window automatically at logon</strong></li>\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Server Manager automatically at logon</strong></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n</ul>','USEFUL GROUP POLICIES FOR VIRTUAL SERVERS','','inherit','open','open','','5797-revision-5','','','2012-01-14 22:53:28','2012-01-14 22:53:28','',5797,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5797-revision-5',0,'revision','',0),(5812,35,'2012-01-10 17:55:25','2012-01-10 17:55:25','<div>One of the best ways to learn any new technology can be to install it in a test lab and see how it behaves. One of the benefits of virtualizing your learning lab is the ability to create server templates which let you rapidly deploy VMs, test applications, and then blow it all away and reset. This leads to lots of first time logins on newly installed servers. Here are a few useful group policies that make the process a bit more streamlined:</div>\n<ul>\n	<li>Force Classic Control Panel</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>As a true geek, the first time I open the Control Panel on a Windows 7 or Server 2008/R2 VM, I reach up to that \"View by: Category\" dropdown and change it to \"View by: Small icons\" so that I can see all the control panel icons at once. This GPO sets that to the default view for all users.</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>User Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Control Panel\\<strong>Always open All Control Panel items</strong></strong></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n	<li>No Ctrl+Alt+Del</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This turns off the \"Press Ctrl+Alt+Del to logon\" prompt and saves you from having to reach for Ctrl+Alt+Ins when you\'re logging in within the vSphere Client.</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Windows Settings\\Security Settings\\Local Policies\\Security Options\\Disable CTRL+ALT+DEL requirement for logon</strong></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n	<li>No Initial Setup or Server Management</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>If you use the Initial Setup or Server Management dialogs to help you setup your servers, you\'ll want to skip this GPO. I normally close them as soon as they appear (and they reappear for every new user on the system). If it takes half of a second to close each one, just think of how many dozens of seconds this could potentially save me over the course of a lifetime &lt;sarcasm&gt;.</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Initial Configuration Tasks window automatically at logon</strong></li>\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Server Manager automatically at logon</strong></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n	<li>Show All Tray Icons (need more research - reg key in GPO Prefs?)</li>\n</ul>','USEFUL GROUP POLICIES FOR VIRTUAL SERVERS','','inherit','open','open','','5797-revision-4','','','2012-01-10 17:55:25','2012-01-10 17:55:25','',5797,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5797-revision-4',0,'revision','',0),(5814,44,'2012-01-11 18:43:45','2012-01-11 18:43:45','','Auto Draft','','inherit','open','open','','5813-revision','','','2012-01-11 18:43:45','2012-01-11 18:43:45','',5813,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5813-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5815,44,'2012-01-17 19:57:34','2012-01-17 19:57:34','<span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Versions of VMware Site Recover Manager (SRM) prior to version 5 required array-based replication and a VMware-certified Storage Replication Adapter to be installed in order to function.  SRM itself did not perform replication.</span></span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">VMware SRM 5 now includes an optional replication feature with the following characteristics:</span></span>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">vSphere Replication (VR) is included with SRM 5 for free but array-based replication is still supported </span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VR offers a cost-effective means of protecting 2<sup>nd</sup> and 3<sup>rd</sup> tier applications  and remote offices</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VR is not intended to replace SAN-based replication for mission-critical applications</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VR requires version 5 of vCenter and SRM but ESX host versions can vary</span></span></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">Additional VR Characteristics:</span></span>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Adds native replication to SRM</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Replication is enabled per VM, not per datastore, and can include some or all of the VM’s disks</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VMs can be replicated regardless of the underlying storage - even to or from local storage on a host!</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Supports Microsoft VSS for guest OS quiescing</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Initial copy of VM can be seeded by online replication or by transporting external media</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Replicated disks can be placed anywhere at the recovery site</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Replication is managed via the vCenter console</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Changes on the source disk are tracked by ESXi and only deltas are sent to the remote site</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Replication does not use VMware snapshots - very nice!</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">RPO is configurable between 15 minutes and 24 hours </span></span></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">VR Limitations:</span></span>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Focus is on virtual disks of powered-on VMs</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VR works at the virtual device layer</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">FT, linked clone, templates not supported</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Automated fallback of VMs not supported in the initial release</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Virtual hardware 7 or later required in VM</span></span></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">VR Use Cases:</span></span>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Site-to-site (async) for SMB customers where no SAN replication is available</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Alongside array replication (compliments rather than replaces)</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Remote offices to existing paired SRM datacenters in a hub &amp; spoke model</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">DR as a Service (DRaaS) provider model, eliminating the need for a dedicated customer-owned secondary site up to a 10:1 ratio</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Planned VM migration between sites</span></span></li>\r\n</ul>','VMWARE SRM 5 INCLUDES VM REPLICATION','','publish','open','open','','vmware-srm-5-includes-vm-replication','','','2012-01-17 20:03:10','2012-01-17 20:03:10','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5815',0,'post','',0),(5816,44,'2012-01-11 18:44:52','2012-01-11 18:44:52','Veeam','VEEAM PRICE INCREASE COMING SOON','','inherit','open','open','','5813-revision-2','','','2012-01-11 18:44:52','2012-01-11 18:44:52','',5813,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5813-revision-2',0,'revision','',0),(5819,2,'2012-01-12 14:38:44','2012-01-12 14:38:44','','eGroup – Marketing and Corporate Communications Manager','','inherit','open','open','','egroup-%e2%80%93-marketing-and-corporate-communications-manager-2','','','2012-01-12 14:38:44','2012-01-12 14:38:44','',4668,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/eGroup-–-Marketing-and-Corporate-Communications-Manager1.pdf',0,'attachment','application/pdf',0),(5817,44,'2012-01-11 18:48:44','2012-01-11 18:48:44','New pricing for <a href=\"http://www.veeam.com/vmware-esx-backup.html?ad=btn\" target=\"_blank\"><strong><span style=\"font-family: Times New Roman\">Veeam Backup &amp; Replication v6</span></strong></a> goes into effect February 1, 2012. If you’ve been considering buying Veeam now is a great time to do it!\n\n<strong>Until Feb. 1, 2012</strong>, new customers can purchase version 6 and current customers can purchase additional sockets, prepaid maintenance or renew support, <strong>all at current pricing!</strong>\n<table width=\"100%\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td>\n<div align=\"center\">\n<table width=\"370\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td>&nbsp;</td>\n<td>\n<p align=\"center\"><strong><span style=\"text-decoration: underline\">Current</span></strong></p>\n</td>\n<td>\n<p align=\"center\"><strong><span style=\"text-decoration: underline\">New</span></strong></p>\n</td>\n<td>\n<p align=\"center\"><strong><span style=\"text-decoration: underline\">Change</span></strong></p>\n</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td><strong>Enterprise Edition</strong></td>\n<td>\n<p align=\"center\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">$899</span></p>\n</td>\n<td>\n<p align=\"center\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">$1,099</span></p>\n</td>\n<td>\n<p align=\"center\"><strong>22%</strong>*</p>\n</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td><strong>tandard Edition</strong></td>\n<td>\n<p align=\"center\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">$599</span></p>\n</td>\n<td>\n<p align=\"center\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">$699</span></p>\n</td>\n<td>\n<p align=\"center\"><strong>17%</strong></p>\n</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\n</div></td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri;font-size: small\">Call your eGroup account representative or email </span><a href=\"mailto:sales@eGroup-us.com\"><span style=\"font-family: Times New Roman;color: #0000ff;font-size: small\">sales@eGroup-us.com</span></a><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"> to order today!</span></span>\n\n<em>* All prices are MSRP (manufacturer suggested retail price) per CPU socket for tier A licenses.</em>','VEEAM PRICE INCREASE COMING SOON','','inherit','open','open','','5813-autosave','','','2012-01-11 18:48:45','2012-01-11 18:48:45','',5813,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5813-autosave',0,'revision','',0),(5818,44,'2012-01-11 18:45:40','2012-01-11 18:45:40','New pricing for <a href=\"http://www.veeam.com/vmware-esx-backup.html?ad=btn\" target=\"_blank\"><strong><span style=\"font-family: Times New Roman\">Veeam Backup &amp; Replication v6</span></strong></a> goes into effect February 1, 2012. If you’ve been considering buying Veeam now is a great time to do it!\r\n\r\n<strong>Until Feb. 1, 2012</strong>, new customers can purchase version 6 and current customers can purchase additional sockets, prepaid maintenance or renew support, <strong>all at current pricing!</strong>\r\n<table width=\"100%\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td>\r\n<div align=\"center\">\r\n<table width=\"370\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td>&nbsp;</td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><strong><span style=\"text-decoration: underline\">Current</span></strong></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><strong><span style=\"text-decoration: underline\">New</span></strong></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><strong><span style=\"text-decoration: underline\">Change</span></strong></p>\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td> </td>\r\n<td colspan=\"3\"> </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td><strong>Enterprise Edition</strong></td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">$899</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">$1,099</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><strong>22%</strong>*</p>\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td> </td>\r\n<td colspan=\"3\"> </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td><strong>Standard Edition</strong></td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">$599</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">$699</span></p>\r\n</td>\r\n<td>\r\n<p align=\"center\"><strong>17%</strong></p>\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td> </td>\r\n<td colspan=\"3\"> </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\n</div></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri;font-size: small\">Call your eGroup account representative or </span><a href=\"mailto:sales@eGroup-us.com\"><span style=\"font-family: Times New Roman;color: #0000ff;font-size: small\">sales@eGroup-us.com</span></a><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"> to order today!</span></span>\r\n\r\n<em>* All prices are MSRP (manufacturer suggested retail price) per CPU socket for tier A licenses.</em>','VEEAM PRICE INCREASE COMING SOON','','inherit','open','open','','5813-revision-3','','','2012-01-11 18:45:40','2012-01-11 18:45:40','',5813,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5813-revision-3',0,'revision','',0),(5820,2,'2011-12-12 22:07:27','2011-12-12 22:07:27','Headquartered in South Carolina with offices throughout the entire southeast, eGroup is always looking for upbeat, driven and self-motivated \"go getters\" to join our rapidly growing team! Available positions include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><strong>eGroup Sales Account Executive</strong></span>: As an eGroup Sales Executive, you will utilize your sales experience to extend eGroup’s products, services, and solutions to executive management in a defined geography or strategic area, with an emphasis on selling products and services as “solutions” designed to directly address the business initiatives and requirements of these customers. Professional territory management and account development skills are a must. You must be motivated to generate new business, provide excellent customer service, and be self-reliant. You must be able to prospect, qualify, engage, and manage all the elements of a complex solution sale. <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/eGROUP-Sales-Account-Executive1.pdf\">More</a></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><strong>eGroup Marketing and Corporate Communications Manager</strong></span><strong>: </strong>An excellent opportunity for the motivated professional, this vital team member will be responsible for strategic marketing and corporate communications aspects of company operations - and will provide leadership and coordination of business development activities associated with research and development of marketing/communication opportunities and plans. This position will have a heavy focus on developing eGroup brand recognition in new markets and evolving the awareness of eGroup as a southeastern company. This individual will be an essential and effective contributing member of the eGroup management and leadership team and will be chiefly responsible for developing and delivering the eGroup “experience”. <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/eGroup-–-Marketing-and-Corporate-Communications-Manager.pdf\">More</a></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><strong>eGroup Inside Sales Executive</strong></span>: This is an excellent opportunity for the sales professional with a positive, “can do” attitude. The right individual will be responsible for engaging customers, vendors, distributors, and manufacturers to assist eGroup in building maintaining, and delivering its sales pipeline. This will include lead qualification, proposal development, and writing with customer follow-up. This is a fantastic opportunity to work within a growing organization while mastering your skills. As an eGroup Inside Sales Executive, you will utilize your skills and drive to assist our Outside Sales team in extending eGroup’s products, services, and solutions to customers and prospects. You must be motivated to provide excellent customer service, work well in a team environment, and be self-reliant. <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/eGROUP-Inside-Sales-Executive.pdf\">More</a></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><strong>eGroup Technical Consultant</strong></span>: An excellent opportunity for the motivated technical sales professional, you\'ll be backed by eGroup\'s continual investment in market proven technologies and support resources.  These \"best of breed\" technology offerings will position you for success in delivering sophisticated solutions to a growing set of customers with increasingly complex needs. This position primarily focuses on consultation, design and deployment of VMware, EMC, Cisco, Microsoft and Citrix technologies. You will work directly with our outside and inside sales teams to meet with current and prospective customers, understand their needs, and propose technology solutions to help them overcome their challenges based on intimate knowledge of eGroup services, products and technologies.  <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/eGROUP-Technical-Consultant.pdf\">More</a></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><strong>eGroup Applications Services Team</strong></span>: The Applications Services Team is focused on delivering solutions that solve real issues in the End-User Computing, Applications Services and Cloud Computing market.  Potential Applications Services Engineers will have a passion for identifying and solving real world issues by combining a variety of applications development, systems administration and product specific knowledge gained through training and certification. eGroup Application Services Engineers leverage their applications development and administration backgrounds to work with solutions and continually develop new skillsets.  <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/eGROUP-Applications-Services-Team.pdf\">More</a></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><strong>eGroup Systems Engineer</strong></span>:  This position primarily focuses on design, deployment, and support of VMware, EMC, Cisco, Microsoft and Citrix technologies. You will respond to and investigate end user inquiries, concerns, and issues via phone, Internet, e‐mail, and in person in a timely and courteous manner, and will recommend or perform actions to correct problems based on intimate knowledge of the technology or specific systems.  You should be proficient in communication both verbal and written, and be extremely passionate about technology. You should be a self‐motivated and driven individual capable of learning quickly and adapting to the latest industry trends and best practices. As a representative of eGroup, you must demonstrate a positive attitude and willingness to go above and beyond to ensure complete customer satisfaction. <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/eGROUP-Systems-Engineer.pdf\">More</a> </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<strong>To apply or for more information: <a href=\"mailto:hr@eGroup-us.com\">hr@eGroup-us.com</a></strong>','Careers','','inherit','open','open','','4668-revision-v1','','','2011-12-12 22:07:27','2011-12-12 22:07:27','',4668,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/4668-revision-36',0,'revision','',0),(5821,2,'2012-01-12 14:39:05','2012-01-12 14:39:05','Headquartered in South Carolina with offices throughout the entire southeast, eGroup is always looking for upbeat, driven and self-motivated \"go getters\" to join our rapidly growing team! Available positions include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><strong>eGroup Sales Account Executive</strong></span>: As an eGroup Sales Executive, you will utilize your sales experience to extend eGroup’s products, services, and solutions to executive management in a defined geography or strategic area, with an emphasis on selling products and services as “solutions” designed to directly address the business initiatives and requirements of these customers. Professional territory management and account development skills are a must. You must be motivated to generate new business, provide excellent customer service, and be self-reliant. You must be able to prospect, qualify, engage, and manage all the elements of a complex solution sale. <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/eGROUP-Sales-Account-Executive1.pdf\">More</a></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><strong>eGroup Marketing and Corporate Communications Manager</strong></span><strong>: </strong>An excellent opportunity for the motivated professional, this vital team member will be responsible for strategic marketing and corporate communications aspects of company operations - and will provide leadership and coordination of business development activities associated with research and development of marketing/communication opportunities and plans. This position will have a heavy focus on developing eGroup brand recognition in new markets and evolving the awareness of eGroup as a southeastern company. This individual will be an essential and effective contributing member of the eGroup management and leadership team and will be chiefly responsible for developing and delivering the eGroup “experience”. <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/eGroup-–-Marketing-and-Corporate-Communications-Manager1.pdf\">More</a></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><strong>eGroup Inside Sales Executive</strong></span>: This is an excellent opportunity for the sales professional with a positive, “can do” attitude. The right individual will be responsible for engaging customers, vendors, distributors, and manufacturers to assist eGroup in building maintaining, and delivering its sales pipeline. This will include lead qualification, proposal development, and writing with customer follow-up. This is a fantastic opportunity to work within a growing organization while mastering your skills. As an eGroup Inside Sales Executive, you will utilize your skills and drive to assist our Outside Sales team in extending eGroup’s products, services, and solutions to customers and prospects. You must be motivated to provide excellent customer service, work well in a team environment, and be self-reliant. <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/eGROUP-Inside-Sales-Executive.pdf\">More</a></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><strong>eGroup Technical Consultant</strong></span>: An excellent opportunity for the motivated technical sales professional, you\'ll be backed by eGroup\'s continual investment in market proven technologies and support resources.  These \"best of breed\" technology offerings will position you for success in delivering sophisticated solutions to a growing set of customers with increasingly complex needs. This position primarily focuses on consultation, design and deployment of VMware, EMC, Cisco, Microsoft and Citrix technologies. You will work directly with our outside and inside sales teams to meet with current and prospective customers, understand their needs, and propose technology solutions to help them overcome their challenges based on intimate knowledge of eGroup services, products and technologies.  <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/eGROUP-Technical-Consultant.pdf\">More</a></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><strong>eGroup Applications Services Team</strong></span>: The Applications Services Team is focused on delivering solutions that solve real issues in the End-User Computing, Applications Services and Cloud Computing market.  Potential Applications Services Engineers will have a passion for identifying and solving real world issues by combining a variety of applications development, systems administration and product specific knowledge gained through training and certification. eGroup Application Services Engineers leverage their applications development and administration backgrounds to work with solutions and continually develop new skillsets.  <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/eGROUP-Applications-Services-Team.pdf\">More</a></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><strong>eGroup Systems Engineer</strong></span>:  This position primarily focuses on design, deployment, and support of VMware, EMC, Cisco, Microsoft and Citrix technologies. You will respond to and investigate end user inquiries, concerns, and issues via phone, Internet, e‐mail, and in person in a timely and courteous manner, and will recommend or perform actions to correct problems based on intimate knowledge of the technology or specific systems.  You should be proficient in communication both verbal and written, and be extremely passionate about technology. You should be a self‐motivated and driven individual capable of learning quickly and adapting to the latest industry trends and best practices. As a representative of eGroup, you must demonstrate a positive attitude and willingness to go above and beyond to ensure complete customer satisfaction. <a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/eGROUP-Systems-Engineer.pdf\">More</a> </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<strong>To apply or for more information: <a href=\"mailto:hr@eGroup-us.com\">hr@eGroup-us.com</a></strong>','Careers','','inherit','open','open','','4668-revision-v1','','','2012-01-12 14:39:05','2012-01-12 14:39:05','',4668,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/4668-revision-37',0,'revision','',0),(5823,35,'2012-01-14 22:57:08','2012-01-14 22:57:08','<div>One of the best ways to learn any new technology can be to install it in a test lab and see how it behaves. One of the benefits of virtualizing your learning lab is the ability to create server templates which let you rapidly deploy VMs, test applications, and then blow it all away and reset. This leads to lots of first time logins on newly installed servers. Here are a few useful group policies that make the process a bit more streamlined:</div>\n<ul>\n	<li>Force Classic Control Panel</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>As a true geek, the first time I open the Control Panel on a Windows 7 or Server 2008/R2 VM, I reach up to that \"View by: Category\" dropdown and change it to \"View by: Small icons\" so that I can see all the control panel icons at once. This GPO sets that to the default view for all users.</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>User Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Control Panel\\<strong>Always open All Control Panel items</strong></strong></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n	<li>No Ctrl+Alt+Del</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This turns off the \"Press Ctrl+Alt+Del to logon\" prompt and saves you from having to reach for Ctrl+Alt+Ins when you\'re logging in within the vSphere Client.</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Windows Settings\\Security Settings\\Local Policies\\Security Options\\Disable CTRL+ALT+DEL requirement for logon</strong></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n	<li>No Initial Setup or Server Management</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>If you use the Initial Setup or Server Management dialogs to help you setup your servers, you\'ll want to skip this GPO. I normally close them as soon as they appear (and they reappear for every new user on the system). If it takes half of a second to close each one, just think of how many dozens of seconds this could potentially save me over the course of a lifetime &lt;sarcasm&gt;.</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Initial Configuration Tasks window automatically at logon</strong></li>\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Server Manager automatically at logon</strong></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n</ul>','USEFUL GROUP POLICIES FOR VIRTUAL SERVERS','','inherit','open','open','','5797-revision-6','','','2012-01-14 22:57:08','2012-01-14 22:57:08','',5797,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5797-revision-6',0,'revision','',0),(5825,35,'2012-01-14 23:07:43','2012-01-14 23:07:43','<div>One of the best ways to learn any new technology can be to install it in a test lab and see how it behaves. One of the benefits of virtualizing your learning lab is the ability to create server templates which let you rapidly deploy VMs, test applications, and then blow it all away and reset. This leads to lots of first time logins on newly installed servers. Here are a few useful group policies that make the process a bit more streamlined:</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Force Classic Control Panel</li>\r\n	<li>As a true geek, the first time I open the Control Panel on a Windows 7 or Server 2008/R2 VM, I reach up to that \"View by: Category\" dropdown and change it to \"View by: Small icons\" so that I can see all the control panel icons at once. This GPO sets that to the default view for all users.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>User Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Control Panel\\<strong>Always open All Control Panel items</strong></strong></li>\r\n	<li>No Ctrl+Alt+Del</li>\r\n	<li>This turns off the \"Press Ctrl+Alt+Del to logon\" prompt and saves you from having to reach for Ctrl+Alt+Ins when you\'re logging in within the vSphere Client.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Windows Settings\\Security Settings\\Local Policies\\Security Options\\Disable CTRL+ALT+DEL requirement for logon</strong></li>\r\n	<li>No Initial Setup or Server Management</li>\r\n	<li>If you use the Initial Setup or Server Management dialogs to help you setup your servers, you\'ll want to skip this GPO. I normally close them as soon as they appear (and they reappear for every new user on the system). If it takes half of a second to close each one, just think of how many dozens of seconds this could potentially save me over the course of a lifetime &lt;sarcasm&gt;.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Initial Configuration Tasks window automatically at logon</strong></li>\r\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Server Manager automatically at logon</strong></li>\r\n</ul>','USEFUL GROUP POLICIES FOR VIRTUAL SERVERS','','inherit','open','open','','5797-revision-8','','','2012-01-14 23:07:43','2012-01-14 23:07:43','',5797,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5797-revision-8',0,'revision','',0),(5824,35,'2012-01-14 23:05:47','2012-01-14 23:05:47','<div>One of the best ways to learn any new technology can be to install it in a test lab and see how it behaves. One of the benefits of virtualizing your learning lab is the ability to create server templates which let you rapidly deploy VMs, test applications, and then blow it all away and reset. This leads to lots of first time logins on newly installed servers. Here are a few useful group policies that make the process a bit more streamlined:</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Force Classic Control Panel</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>As a true geek, the first time I open the Control Panel on a Windows 7 or Server 2008/R2 VM, I reach up to that \"View by: Category\" dropdown and change it to \"View by: Small icons\" so that I can see all the control panel icons at once. This GPO sets that to the default view for all users.</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>User Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Control Panel\\<strong>Always open All Control Panel items</strong></strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>No Ctrl+Alt+Del</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This turns off the \"Press Ctrl+Alt+Del to logon\" prompt and saves you from having to reach for Ctrl+Alt+Ins when you\'re logging in within the vSphere Client.</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Windows Settings\\Security Settings\\Local Policies\\Security Options\\Disable CTRL+ALT+DEL requirement for logon</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>No Initial Setup or Server Management</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>If you use the Initial Setup or Server Management dialogs to help you setup your servers, you\'ll want to skip this GPO. I normally close them as soon as they appear (and they reappear for every new user on the system). If it takes half of a second to close each one, just think of how many dozens of seconds this could potentially save me over the course of a lifetime &lt;sarcasm&gt;.</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Initial Configuration Tasks window automatically at logon</strong></li>\r\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Server Manager automatically at logon</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>','USEFUL GROUP POLICIES FOR VIRTUAL SERVERS','','inherit','open','open','','5797-revision-7','','','2012-01-14 23:05:47','2012-01-14 23:05:47','',5797,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5797-revision-7',0,'revision','',0),(5826,35,'2012-01-14 23:08:48','2012-01-14 23:08:48','<div>One of the best ways to learn any new technology can be to install it in a test lab and see how it behaves. One of the benefits of virtualizing your learning lab is the ability to create server templates which let you rapidly deploy VMs, test applications, and then blow it all away and reset. This leads to lots of first time logins on newly installed servers. Here are a few useful group policies that make the process a bit more streamlined:</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Force Classic Control Panel</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>As a true geek, the first time I open the Control Panel on a Windows 7 or Server 2008/R2 VM, I reach up to that \"View by: Category\" dropdown and change it to \"View by: Small icons\" so that I can see all the control panel icons at once. This GPO sets that to the default view for all users.</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>User Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Control Panel\\<strong>Always open All Control Panel items</strong></strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>No Ctrl+Alt+Del</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This turns off the \"Press Ctrl+Alt+Del to logon\" prompt and saves you from having to reach for Ctrl+Alt+Ins when you\'re logging in within the vSphere Client.</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Windows Settings\\Security Settings\\Local Policies\\Security Options\\Disable CTRL+ALT+DEL requirement for logon</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>No Initial Setup or Server Management</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>If you use the Initial Setup or Server Management dialogs to help you setup your servers, you\'ll want to skip this GPO. I normally close them as soon as they appear (and they reappear for every new user on the system). If it takes half of a second to close each one, just think of how many dozens of seconds this could potentially save me over the course of a lifetime &lt;sarcasm&gt;.</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Initial Configuration Tasks window automatically at logon</strong></li>\r\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Server Manager automatically at logon</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>','USEFUL GROUP POLICIES FOR VIRTUAL SERVERS','','inherit','open','open','','5797-revision-9','','','2012-01-14 23:08:48','2012-01-14 23:08:48','',5797,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5797-revision-9',0,'revision','',0),(5827,35,'2012-01-14 23:13:32','2012-01-14 23:13:32','<div>One of the best ways to learn any new technology can be to install it in a test lab and see how it behaves. One of the benefits of virtualizing your learning lab is the ability to create server templates which let you rapidly deploy VMs, test applications, and then blow it all away and reset. This leads to lots of first time logins on newly installed servers. Here are a few useful group policies that make the process a bit more streamlined:</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Force Classic Control Panel</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>As a true geek, the first time I open the Control Panel on a Windows 7 or Server 2008/R2 VM, I reach up to that \"View by: Category\" dropdown and change it to \"View by: Small icons\" so that I can see all the control panel icons at once. This GPO sets that to the default view for all users.</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>User Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Control Panel\\<strong>Always open All Control Panel items</strong></strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>No Ctrl+Alt+Del</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This turns off the \"Press Ctrl+Alt+Del to logon\" prompt and saves you from having to reach for Ctrl+Alt+Ins when you\'re logging in within the vSphere Client.</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Windows Settings\\Security Settings\\Local Policies\\Security Options\\Disable CTRL+ALT+DEL requirement for logon</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>No Initial Setup or Server Management</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>If you use the Initial Setup or Server Management dialogs to help you setup your servers, you\'ll want to skip this GPO. I normally close them as soon as they appear (and they reappear for every new user on the system). If it takes half of a second to close each one, just think of how many dozens of seconds this could potentially save me over the course of a lifetime &lt;sarcasm&gt;.</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Initial Configuration Tasks window automatically at logon</strong></li>\r\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Server Manager automatically at logon</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>','USEFUL GROUP POLICIES FOR VIRTUAL SERVERS','','inherit','open','open','','5797-revision-10','','','2012-01-14 23:13:32','2012-01-14 23:13:32','',5797,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5797-revision-10',0,'revision','',0),(5828,35,'2012-01-14 23:16:45','2012-01-14 23:16:45','<div>One of the best ways to learn any new technology can be to install it in a test lab and see how it behaves. One of the benefits of virtualizing your learning lab is the ability to create server templates which let you rapidly deploy VMs, test applications, and then blow it all away and reset. This leads to lots of first time logins on newly installed servers. Here are a few useful group policies that make the process a bit more streamlined:</div>\n<ul>\n	<li>Force Classic Control Panel</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>As a geek, the first time I open the Control Panel on a Windows 7 or Server 2008/R2 VM, I reach up to that \"View by: Category\" dropdown and change it to \"View by: Small icons\" so that I can see all the control panel icons at once. This GPO sets that to the default view for all users.</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>User Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Control Panel\\<strong>Always open All Control Panel items</strong></strong></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n	<li>No Ctrl+Alt+Del</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>This turns off the \"Press Ctrl+Alt+Del to logon\" prompt and saves you from having to reach for Ctrl+Alt+Ins when you\'re logging in within the vSphere Client.</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Windows Settings\\Security Settings\\Local Policies\\Security Options\\Disable CTRL+ALT+DEL requirement for logon</strong></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n	<li>No Initial Setup or Server Management</li>\n<ul>\n	<li>If you use the Initial Setup or Server Management dialogs to help you setup your servers, you\'ll want to skip this GPO. I normally close them as soon as they appear (and they reappear for every new user on the system). If it takes half of a second to close each one, just think of how many dozens of seconds this could potentially save me over the course of a lifetime &lt;sarcasm&gt;.</li>\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Initial Configuration Tasks window automatically at logon</strong></li>\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Server Manager automatically at logon</strong></li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n</ul>\nWhat group policies do you use to keep things simple?','USEFUL GROUP POLICIES FOR VIRTUAL SERVERS','','inherit','open','open','','5797-autosave','','','2012-01-14 23:16:45','2012-01-14 23:16:45','',5797,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5797-autosave',0,'revision','',0),(5829,35,'2012-01-14 23:14:43','2012-01-14 23:14:43','<div>One of the best ways to learn any new technology can be to install it in a test lab and see how it behaves. One of the benefits of virtualizing your learning lab is the ability to create server templates which let you rapidly deploy VMs, test applications, and then blow it all away and reset. This leads to lots of first time logins on newly installed servers. Here are a few useful group policies that make the process a bit more streamlined:</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Force Classic Control Panel</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>As a geek, the first time I open the Control Panel on a Windows 7 or Server 2008/R2 VM, I reach up to that \"View by: Category\" dropdown and change it to \"View by: Small icons\" so that I can see all the control panel icons at once. This GPO sets that to the default view for all users.</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>User Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Control Panel\\<strong>Always open All Control Panel items</strong></strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>No Ctrl+Alt+Del</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>This turns off the \"Press Ctrl+Alt+Del to logon\" prompt and saves you from having to reach for Ctrl+Alt+Ins when you\'re logging in within the vSphere Client.</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Windows Settings\\Security Settings\\Local Policies\\Security Options\\Disable CTRL+ALT+DEL requirement for logon</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n	<li>No Initial Setup or Server Management</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>If you use the Initial Setup or Server Management dialogs to help you setup your servers, you\'ll want to skip this GPO. I normally close them as soon as they appear (and they reappear for every new user on the system). If it takes half of a second to close each one, just think of how many dozens of seconds this could potentially save me over the course of a lifetime &lt;sarcasm&gt;.</li>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Initial Configuration Tasks window automatically at logon</strong></li>\r\n	<li><strong>Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\System\\Server Manager\\Do not display Server Manager automatically at logon</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>','USEFUL GROUP POLICIES FOR VIRTUAL SERVERS','','inherit','open','open','','5797-revision-11','','','2012-01-14 23:14:43','2012-01-14 23:14:43','',5797,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5797-revision-11',0,'revision','',0),(5831,35,'2012-01-15 00:05:20','2012-01-15 00:05:20','','JunkedEmail','','inherit','open','open','','junkedemail','','','2012-01-15 00:05:20','2012-01-15 00:05:20','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5832,35,'2012-01-15 00:05:24','2012-01-15 00:05:24','','SCLThresh8[1]','','inherit','open','open','','sclthresh81','','','2012-01-15 00:05:24','2012-01-15 00:05:24','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5833,35,'2012-01-15 00:06:33','2012-01-15 00:06:33','','SCLThresh9','','inherit','open','open','','sclthresh9','','','2012-01-15 00:06:33','2012-01-15 00:06:33','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5834,35,'2012-01-15 00:06:36','2012-01-15 00:06:36','','SetSCL9','','inherit','open','open','','setscl9','','','2012-01-15 00:06:36','2012-01-15 00:06:36','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5835,35,'2012-01-15 00:27:22','2012-01-15 00:27:22','Recently I worked with a customer that who was experiencing some odd spam false positive behavior. Even though they had purchased and deployed a third-party spam filter, Exchange was still evaluating each piece of mail and moving suspect mail into each user\'s Junk Mail folder. This was considered undesired behavior. Any mail that made it past the third-party spam filtering appliance should be treated as known-good.\n\nUnfortunately you can\'t simply disable the native Exchange spam filter, but you can achieve equivalent behavior. Here\'s how:\n\nExamine the email headers (in Outlook 2010, File -&gt; Properties -&gt; Internet Headers) and note the value of the <strong>X-MS-Exchange-Organization-SCL</strong> line. In this case, the value was 9 (out of a possible 9) meaning Exchange had analyzed the email and determined (with a high degree of confidence) that it was spam.\n\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5831\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail-300x229.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"229\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n\n&nbsp;\n\nLaunch the Exchange Management Shell (it\'s Powershell for Exchange). It should connect to your Exchange server automatically. Run <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig</strong> and note the value of the <strong>SCLJunkThreshold</strong> line. This value determines the maximum spam rating that is allowed to go straight to a user\'s mailbox. Mail with a higher rating will go to the Junk Mail folder instead. This field accepts a maximum value of 9, so if we set it to 9 we will effectively tell Exchange to trust all incoming mail.\n\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5832\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81-300x160.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n\nRun <strong>Set-OrganizationConfig -scljunkthreshold 9</strong>.\n\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5834\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9-300x97.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"97\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n\nYou can view the new value has taken effect by re-running\n\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5833\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9-300x180.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n\n&nbsp;\n\n&nbsp;\n\n&nbsp;\n\n&nbsp;\n\n&nbsp;','DISABLE EXCHANGE 2010 SPAM ANALYSIS','','inherit','open','open','','5830-revision','','','2012-01-15 00:27:22','2012-01-15 00:27:22','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5830-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5836,35,'2012-01-15 00:27:47','2012-01-15 00:27:47','Recently I worked with a customer that who was experiencing some odd spam false positive behavior. Even though they had purchased and deployed a third-party spam filter, Exchange was still evaluating each piece of mail and moving suspect mail into each user\'s Junk Mail folder. This was considered undesired behavior. Any mail that made it past the third-party spam filtering appliance should be treated as known-good.\r\n\r\nUnfortunately you can\'t simply disable the native Exchange spam filter, but you can achieve equivalent behavior. Here\'s how:\r\n\r\nExamine the email headers (in Outlook 2010, File -&gt; Properties -&gt; Internet Headers) and note the value of the <strong>X-MS-Exchange-Organization-SCL</strong> line. In this case, the value was 9 (out of a possible 9) meaning Exchange had analyzed the email and determined (with a high degree of confidence) that it was spam.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5831\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail-300x229.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nLaunch the Exchange Management Shell (it\'s Powershell for Exchange). It should connect to your Exchange server automatically. Run <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig</strong> and note the value of the <strong>SCLJunkThreshold</strong> line. This value determines the maximum spam rating that is allowed to go straight to a user\'s mailbox. Mail with a higher rating will go to the Junk Mail folder instead. This field accepts a maximum value of 9, so if we set it to 9 we will effectively tell Exchange to trust all incoming mail.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5832\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81-300x160.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nRun <strong>Set-OrganizationConfig -scljunkthreshold 9</strong>.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5834\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9-300x97.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"97\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou can view the new value has taken effect by re-running <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig.</strong>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5833\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9-300x180.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','DISABLE EXCHANGE 2010 SPAM ANALYSIS','','inherit','open','open','','5830-revision-2','','','2012-01-15 00:27:47','2012-01-15 00:27:47','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5830-revision-2',0,'revision','',0),(5837,35,'2012-01-15 00:27:52','2012-01-15 00:27:52','Recently I worked with a customer that who was experiencing some odd spam false positive behavior. Even though they had purchased and deployed a third-party spam filter, Exchange was still evaluating each piece of mail and moving suspect mail into each user\'s Junk Mail folder. This was considered undesired behavior. Any mail that made it past the third-party spam filtering appliance should be treated as known-good.\r\n\r\nUnfortunately you can\'t simply disable the native Exchange spam filter, but you can achieve equivalent behavior. Here\'s how:\r\n\r\nExamine the email headers (in Outlook 2010, File -&gt; Properties -&gt; Internet Headers) and note the value of the <strong>X-MS-Exchange-Organization-SCL</strong> line. In this case, the value was 9 (out of a possible 9) meaning Exchange had analyzed the email and determined (with a high degree of confidence) that it was spam.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5831\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail-300x229.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nLaunch the Exchange Management Shell (it\'s Powershell for Exchange). It should connect to your Exchange server automatically. Run <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig</strong> and note the value of the <strong>SCLJunkThreshold</strong> line. This value determines the maximum spam rating that is allowed to go straight to a user\'s mailbox. Mail with a higher rating will go to the Junk Mail folder instead. This field accepts a maximum value of 9, so if we set it to 9 we will effectively tell Exchange to trust all incoming mail.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5832\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81-300x160.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nRun <strong>Set-OrganizationConfig -scljunkthreshold 9</strong>.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5834\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9-300x97.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"97\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou can view the new value has taken effect by re-running <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig.</strong>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5833\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9-300x180.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','DISABLE EXCHANGE 2010 SPAM ANALYSIS','','inherit','open','open','','5830-revision-3','','','2012-01-15 00:27:52','2012-01-15 00:27:52','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5830-revision-3',0,'revision','',0),(5838,35,'2012-01-15 00:31:14','2012-01-15 00:31:14','Recently I worked with a customer that who was experiencing some odd spam false positive behavior. Even though they had purchased and deployed a third-party spam filter, Exchange was still evaluating each piece of mail and moving suspect mail into each user\'s Junk Mail folder. This was considered undesired behavior. Any mail that made it past the third-party spam filtering appliance should be treated as known-good.\r\n\r\nUnfortunately you can\'t simply disable the native Exchange spam filter, but you can achieve equivalent behavior. Here\'s how:\r\n\r\nExamine the email headers (in Outlook 2010, File -&gt; Properties -&gt; Internet Headers) and note the value of the <strong>X-MS-Exchange-Organization-SCL</strong> line. In this case, the value was 9 (out of a possible 9) meaning Exchange had analyzed the email and determined (with a high degree of confidence) that it was spam.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5831\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail-300x229.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLaunch the Exchange Management Shell (it\'s Powershell for Exchange). It should connect to your Exchange server automatically. Run <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig</strong> and note the value of the <strong>SCLJunkThreshold</strong> line. This value determines the maximum spam rating that is allowed to go straight to a user\'s mailbox. Mail with a higher rating will go to the Junk Mail folder instead. This field accepts a maximum value of 9, so if we set it to 9 we will effectively tell Exchange to trust all incoming mail.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5832\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81-300x160.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou should only\r\n\r\nRun <strong>Set-OrganizationConfig -scljunkthreshold 9</strong>.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5834\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9-300x97.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"97\" /></a>\r\n\r\nYou can view the new value has taken effect by re-running <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig.</strong>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5833\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9-300x180.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThere\'s no need to run this command on each Exchange server - just run it once on any server and it replicates to other mail servers in the organization.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','DISABLE EXCHANGE 2010 SPAM ANALYSIS','','inherit','open','open','','5830-revision-4','','','2012-01-15 00:31:14','2012-01-15 00:31:14','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5830-revision-4',0,'revision','',0),(5839,35,'2012-01-15 00:31:32','2012-01-15 00:31:32','Recently I worked with a customer that who was experiencing some odd spam false positive behavior. Even though they had purchased and deployed a third-party spam filter, Exchange was still evaluating each piece of mail and moving suspect mail into each user\'s Junk Mail folder. This was considered undesired behavior. Any mail that made it past the third-party spam filtering appliance should be treated as known-good.\r\n\r\nUnfortunately you can\'t simply disable the native Exchange spam filter, but you can achieve equivalent behavior. Here\'s how:\r\n\r\nExamine the email headers (in Outlook 2010, File -&gt; Properties -&gt; Internet Headers) and note the value of the <strong>X-MS-Exchange-Organization-SCL</strong> line. In this case, the value was 9 (out of a possible 9) meaning Exchange had analyzed the email and determined (with a high degree of confidence) that it was spam.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5831\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail-300x229.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLaunch the Exchange Management Shell (it\'s Powershell for Exchange). It should connect to your Exchange server automatically. Run <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig</strong> and note the value of the <strong>SCLJunkThreshold</strong> line. This value determines the maximum spam rating that is allowed to go straight to a user\'s mailbox. Mail with a higher rating will go to the Junk Mail folder instead. This field accepts a maximum value of 9, so if we set it to 9 we will effectively tell Exchange to trust all incoming mail.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5832\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81-300x160.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou should only\r\n\r\nRun <strong>Set-OrganizationConfig -scljunkthreshold 9</strong>.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5834\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9-300x97.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"97\" /></a>\r\n\r\nYou can view the new value has taken effect by re-running <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig.</strong>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5833\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9-300x180.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThere\'s no need to run this command on each Exchange server - just run it once on any server and it replicates to other mail servers in the organization.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','DISABLE EXCHANGE 2010 SPAM FILTERING','','inherit','open','open','','5830-revision-5','','','2012-01-15 00:31:32','2012-01-15 00:31:32','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5830-revision-5',0,'revision','',0),(5840,35,'2012-01-15 00:31:35','2012-01-15 00:31:35','Recently I worked with a customer that who was experiencing some odd spam false positive behavior. Even though they had purchased and deployed a third-party spam filter, Exchange was still evaluating each piece of mail and moving suspect mail into each user\'s Junk Mail folder. This was considered undesired behavior. Any mail that made it past the third-party spam filtering appliance should be treated as known-good.\r\n\r\nUnfortunately you can\'t simply disable the native Exchange spam filter, but you can achieve equivalent behavior. Here\'s how:\r\n\r\nExamine the email headers (in Outlook 2010, File -&gt; Properties -&gt; Internet Headers) and note the value of the <strong>X-MS-Exchange-Organization-SCL</strong> line. In this case, the value was 9 (out of a possible 9) meaning Exchange had analyzed the email and determined (with a high degree of confidence) that it was spam.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5831\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail-300x229.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLaunch the Exchange Management Shell (it\'s Powershell for Exchange). It should connect to your Exchange server automatically. Run <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig</strong> and note the value of the <strong>SCLJunkThreshold</strong> line. This value determines the maximum spam rating that is allowed to go straight to a user\'s mailbox. Mail with a higher rating will go to the Junk Mail folder instead. This field accepts a maximum value of 9, so if we set it to 9 we will effectively tell Exchange to trust all incoming mail.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5832\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81-300x160.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou should only\r\n\r\nRun <strong>Set-OrganizationConfig -scljunkthreshold 9</strong>.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5834\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9-300x97.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"97\" /></a>\r\n\r\nYou can view the new value has taken effect by re-running <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig.</strong>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5833\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9-300x180.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThere\'s no need to run this command on each Exchange server - just run it once on any server and it replicates to other mail servers in the organization.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','DISABLE EXCHANGE 2010 SPAM FILTERING','','inherit','open','open','','5830-revision-6','','','2012-01-15 00:31:35','2012-01-15 00:31:35','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5830-revision-6',0,'revision','',0),(5841,35,'2012-01-15 00:32:00','2012-01-15 00:32:00','Recently I worked with a customer that who was experiencing some odd spam false positive behavior. Even though they had purchased and deployed a third-party spam filter, Exchange was still evaluating each piece of mail and moving suspected spam emails into each user\'s Junk Mail folder. This was considered undesired behavior. Any mail that made it past the third-party spam filtering appliance should be treated as known-good.\r\n\r\nUnfortunately you can\'t simply disable the native Exchange spam filter, but you can achieve equivalent behavior. Here\'s how:\r\n\r\nExamine the email headers (in Outlook 2010, File -&gt; Properties -&gt; Internet Headers) and note the value of the <strong>X-MS-Exchange-Organization-SCL</strong> line. In this case, the value was 9 (out of a possible 9) meaning Exchange had analyzed the email and determined (with a high degree of confidence) that it was spam.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5831\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail-300x229.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLaunch the Exchange Management Shell (it\'s Powershell for Exchange). It should connect to your Exchange server automatically. Run <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig</strong> and note the value of the <strong>SCLJunkThreshold</strong> line. This value determines the maximum spam rating that is allowed to go straight to a user\'s mailbox. Mail with a higher rating will go to the Junk Mail folder instead. This field accepts a maximum value of 9, so if we set it to 9 we will effectively tell Exchange to trust all incoming mail.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5832\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81-300x160.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou should only\r\n\r\nRun <strong>Set-OrganizationConfig -scljunkthreshold 9</strong>.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5834\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9-300x97.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"97\" /></a>\r\n\r\nYou can view the new value has taken effect by re-running <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig.</strong>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5833\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9-300x180.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThere\'s no need to run this command on each Exchange server - just run it once on any server and it replicates to other mail servers in the organization.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','DISABLE EXCHANGE 2010 SPAM FILTERING','','inherit','open','open','','5830-revision-7','','','2012-01-15 00:32:00','2012-01-15 00:32:00','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5830-revision-7',0,'revision','',0),(5842,35,'2012-01-15 00:32:04','2012-01-15 00:32:04','Recently I worked with a customer that who was experiencing some odd spam false positive behavior. Even though they had purchased and deployed a third-party spam filter, Exchange was still evaluating each piece of mail and moving suspected spam emails into each user\'s Junk Mail folder. This was considered undesired behavior. Any mail that made it past the third-party spam filtering appliance should be treated as known-good.\r\n\r\nUnfortunately you can\'t simply disable the native Exchange spam filter, but you can achieve equivalent behavior. Here\'s how:\r\n\r\nExamine the email headers (in Outlook 2010, File -&gt; Properties -&gt; Internet Headers) and note the value of the <strong>X-MS-Exchange-Organization-SCL</strong> line. In this case, the value was 9 (out of a possible 9) meaning Exchange had analyzed the email and determined (with a high degree of confidence) that it was spam.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5831\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail-300x229.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLaunch the Exchange Management Shell (it\'s Powershell for Exchange). It should connect to your Exchange server automatically. Run <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig</strong> and note the value of the <strong>SCLJunkThreshold</strong> line. This value determines the maximum spam rating that is allowed to go straight to a user\'s mailbox. Mail with a higher rating will go to the Junk Mail folder instead. This field accepts a maximum value of 9, so if we set it to 9 we will effectively tell Exchange to trust all incoming mail.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5832\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81-300x160.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou should only\r\n\r\nRun <strong>Set-OrganizationConfig -scljunkthreshold 9</strong>.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5834\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9-300x97.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"97\" /></a>\r\n\r\nYou can view the new value has taken effect by re-running <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig.</strong>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5833\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9-300x180.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThere\'s no need to run this command on each Exchange server - just run it once on any server and it replicates to other mail servers in the organization.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','DISABLE EXCHANGE 2010 SPAM FILTERING','','inherit','open','open','','5830-revision-8','','','2012-01-15 00:32:04','2012-01-15 00:32:04','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5830-revision-8',0,'revision','',0),(5843,35,'2012-01-15 00:32:34','2012-01-15 00:32:34','Recently I worked with a customer that who was experiencing some odd spam false positive behavior. Even though they had purchased and deployed a third-party spam filter, Exchange was still evaluating each piece of mail and moving suspected spam emails into each user\'s Junk Mail folder. This was considered undesired behavior. Any mail that made it past the third-party spam filtering appliance was to be treated as known-good.\r\n\r\nUnfortunately you can\'t simply disable the native Exchange spam filter, but you can achieve equivalent behavior. Here\'s how:\r\n\r\nExamine the email headers (in Outlook 2010, File -&gt; Properties -&gt; Internet Headers) and note the value of the <strong>X-MS-Exchange-Organization-SCL</strong> line. In this case, the value was 9 (out of a possible 9) meaning Exchange had analyzed the email and determined (with a high degree of confidence) that it was spam.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5831\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail-300x229.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLaunch the Exchange Management Shell (it\'s Powershell for Exchange). It should connect to your Exchange server automatically. Run <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig</strong> and note the value of the <strong>SCLJunkThreshold</strong> line. This value determines the maximum spam rating that is allowed to go straight to a user\'s mailbox. Mail with a higher rating will go to the Junk Mail folder instead. This field accepts a maximum value of 9, so if we set it to 9 we will effectively tell Exchange to trust all incoming mail.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5832\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81-300x160.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou should only\r\n\r\nRun <strong>Set-OrganizationConfig -scljunkthreshold 9</strong>.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5834\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9-300x97.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"97\" /></a>\r\n\r\nYou can view the new value has taken effect by re-running <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig.</strong>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5833\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9-300x180.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThere\'s no need to run this command on each Exchange server - just run it once on any server and it replicates to other mail servers in the organization.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','DISABLE EXCHANGE 2010 SPAM FILTERING','','inherit','open','open','','5830-revision-9','','','2012-01-15 00:32:34','2012-01-15 00:32:34','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5830-revision-9',0,'revision','',0),(5844,35,'2012-01-15 00:32:38','2012-01-15 00:32:38','Recently I worked with a customer that who was experiencing some odd spam false positive behavior. Even though they had purchased and deployed a third-party spam filter, Exchange was still evaluating each piece of mail and moving suspected spam emails into each user\'s Junk Mail folder. This was considered undesired behavior. Any mail that made it past the third-party spam filtering appliance was to be treated as known-good.\r\n\r\nUnfortunately you can\'t simply disable the native Exchange spam filter, but you can achieve equivalent behavior. Here\'s how:\r\n\r\nExamine the email headers (in Outlook 2010, File -&gt; Properties -&gt; Internet Headers) and note the value of the <strong>X-MS-Exchange-Organization-SCL</strong> line. In this case, the value was 9 (out of a possible 9) meaning Exchange had analyzed the email and determined (with a high degree of confidence) that it was spam.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5831\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail-300x229.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLaunch the Exchange Management Shell (it\'s Powershell for Exchange). It should connect to your Exchange server automatically. Run <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig</strong> and note the value of the <strong>SCLJunkThreshold</strong> line. This value determines the maximum spam rating that is allowed to go straight to a user\'s mailbox. Mail with a higher rating will go to the Junk Mail folder instead. This field accepts a maximum value of 9, so if we set it to 9 we will effectively tell Exchange to trust all incoming mail.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5832\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81-300x160.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou should only\r\n\r\nRun <strong>Set-OrganizationConfig -scljunkthreshold 9</strong>.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5834\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9-300x97.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"97\" /></a>\r\n\r\nYou can view the new value has taken effect by re-running <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig.</strong>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5833\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9-300x180.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThere\'s no need to run this command on each Exchange server - just run it once on any server and it replicates to other mail servers in the organization.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','DISABLE EXCHANGE 2010 SPAM FILTERING','','inherit','open','open','','5830-revision-10','','','2012-01-15 00:32:38','2012-01-15 00:32:38','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5830-revision-10',0,'revision','',0),(5845,35,'2012-01-15 00:33:31','2012-01-15 00:33:31','Recently I worked with a customer that who was experiencing some odd spam false positive behavior. Even though they had purchased and deployed a third-party spam filter, Exchange was still evaluating each piece of mail and moving suspected spam emails into each user\'s Junk Mail folder. This was considered undesired behavior. Any mail that made it past the third-party spam filtering appliance was to be treated as known-good.\r\n\r\nUnfortunately you can\'t simply disable the native Exchange spam filter, but you can achieve equivalent behavior. Here\'s how:\r\n\r\nExamine the email headers on a piece of false-positive spam (in Outlook 2010, File -&gt; Properties -&gt; Internet Headers) and note the value of the <strong>X-MS-Exchange-Organization-SCL</strong> line. In this case, the value was 9 (out of a possible 9) meaning Exchange had analyzed the email and determined (with a high degree of confidence) that it was spam.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5831\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail-300x229.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLaunch the Exchange Management Shell (it\'s Powershell for Exchange). It should connect to your Exchange server automatically. Run <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig</strong> and note the value of the <strong>SCLJunkThreshold</strong> line. This value determines the maximum spam rating that is allowed to go straight to a user\'s mailbox. Mail with a higher rating will go to the Junk Mail folder instead. This field accepts a maximum value of 9, so if we set it to 9 we will effectively tell Exchange to trust all incoming mail.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5832\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81-300x160.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou should only\r\n\r\nRun <strong>Set-OrganizationConfig -scljunkthreshold 9</strong>.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5834\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9-300x97.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"97\" /></a>\r\n\r\nYou can view the new value has taken effect by re-running <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig.</strong>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5833\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9-300x180.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThere\'s no need to run this command on each Exchange server - just run it once on any server and it replicates to other mail servers in the organization.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','DISABLE EXCHANGE 2010 SPAM FILTERING','','inherit','open','open','','5830-revision-11','','','2012-01-15 00:33:31','2012-01-15 00:33:31','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5830-revision-11',0,'revision','',0),(5846,35,'2012-01-15 00:33:46','2012-01-15 00:33:46','Recently I worked with a customer that who was experiencing some odd spam false positive behavior. Even though they had purchased and deployed a third-party spam filter, Exchange was still evaluating each piece of mail and moving suspected spam emails into each user\'s Junk Mail folder. This was considered undesired behavior. Any mail that made it past the third-party spam filtering appliance was to be treated as known-good.\r\n\r\nUnfortunately you can\'t simply disable the native Exchange spam filter, but you can achieve equivalent behavior. Here\'s how:\r\n\r\nExamine the email headers on a piece of false-positive spam (in Outlook 2010, File -&gt; Properties -&gt; Internet Headers) and note the value of the <strong>X-MS-Exchange-Organization-SCL</strong> line. In this case, the value was 9 (out of a possible 9) meaning Exchange had analyzed the email and determined (with a high degree of confidence) that it was spam.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5831\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail-300x229.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLaunch the Exchange Management Shell (it\'s Powershell for Exchange). It should connect to your Exchange server automatically. Run <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig</strong> and note the value of the <strong>SCLJunkThreshold</strong> line. This value determines the maximum spam rating that is allowed to go straight to a user\'s mailbox. Mail with a higher rating will go to the Junk Mail folder instead. This field accepts a maximum value of 9, so if we set it to 9 we will effectively tell Exchange to trust all incoming mail.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5832\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81-300x160.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou should only\r\n\r\nRun <strong>Set-OrganizationConfig -scljunkthreshold 9</strong>.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5834\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9-300x97.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"97\" /></a>\r\n\r\nYou can view the new value has taken effect by re-running <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig.</strong>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5833\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9-300x180.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThere\'s no need to run this command on each Exchange server - just run it once on any server and it replicates to other mail servers in the organization.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','DISABLE EXCHANGE 2010 SPAM FILTERING','','inherit','open','open','','5830-revision-12','','','2012-01-15 00:33:46','2012-01-15 00:33:46','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5830-revision-12',0,'revision','',0),(5849,35,'2012-01-15 00:37:24','2012-01-15 00:37:24','Recently I worked with a customer that who was experiencing some odd spam false positive behavior. Even though they had purchased and deployed a third-party spam filter, Exchange was still evaluating each piece of mail and moving suspected spam emails into each user\'s Junk Mail folder. This was considered undesired behavior. Any mail that made it past the third-party spam filtering appliance was to be treated as known-good.\r\n\r\nUnfortunately you can\'t simply disable the native Exchange spam filter, but you can achieve equivalent behavior. Here\'s how:\r\n\r\nExamine the email headers on a piece of false-positive spam (in Outlook 2010, File -&gt; Properties -&gt; Internet Headers) and note the value of the <strong>X-MS-Exchange-Organization-SCL</strong> line. In this case, the value was 9 (out of a possible 9) meaning Exchange had analyzed the email and determined (with a high degree of confidence) that it was spam.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5831\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail-300x229.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLaunch the Exchange Management Shell (it\'s Powershell for Exchange). It should connect to your Exchange server automatically. Run <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig</strong> and note the value of the <strong>SCLJunkThreshold</strong> line. This value determines the maximum spam rating that is allowed to go straight to a user\'s mailbox. Mail with a higher rating will go to the Junk Mail folder instead. This field accepts a maximum value of 9, so if we set it to 9 we will effectively tell Exchange to trust all incoming mail.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5832\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81-300x160.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" /></a>\r\n\r\nRun <strong>Set-OrganizationConfig -scljunkthreshold 9 </strong>(where 9 is the new value that you want the server to trust).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5834\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9-300x97.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"97\" /></a>\r\n\r\nYou can view the new value has taken effect by re-running <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig.</strong>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5833\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9-300x180.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThere\'s no need to run this command on each Exchange server - just run it once on any server and it replicates to other mail servers in the organization.','DISABLE EXCHANGE 2010 SPAM FILTERING','','inherit','open','open','','5830-revision-15','','','2012-01-15 00:37:24','2012-01-15 00:37:24','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5830-revision-15',0,'revision','',0),(5847,35,'2012-01-15 00:36:48','2012-01-15 00:36:48','Recently I worked with a customer that who was experiencing some odd spam false positive behavior. Even though they had purchased and deployed a third-party spam filter, Exchange was still evaluating each piece of mail and moving suspected spam emails into each user\'s Junk Mail folder. This was considered undesired behavior. Any mail that made it past the third-party spam filtering appliance was to be treated as known-good.\r\n\r\nUnfortunately you can\'t simply disable the native Exchange spam filter, but you can achieve equivalent behavior. Here\'s how:\r\n\r\nExamine the email headers on a piece of false-positive spam (in Outlook 2010, File -&gt; Properties -&gt; Internet Headers) and note the value of the <strong>X-MS-Exchange-Organization-SCL</strong> line. In this case, the value was 9 (out of a possible 9) meaning Exchange had analyzed the email and determined (with a high degree of confidence) that it was spam.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5831\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail-300x229.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLaunch the Exchange Management Shell (it\'s Powershell for Exchange). It should connect to your Exchange server automatically. Run <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig</strong> and note the value of the <strong>SCLJunkThreshold</strong> line. This value determines the maximum spam rating that is allowed to go straight to a user\'s mailbox. Mail with a higher rating will go to the Junk Mail folder instead. This field accepts a maximum value of 9, so if we set it to 9 we will effectively tell Exchange to trust all incoming mail.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5832\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81-300x160.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" /></a>\r\n\r\nRun <strong>Set-OrganizationConfig -scljunkthreshold 9 </strong>(where 9 is the new value that you want the server to trust).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5834\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9-300x97.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"97\" /></a>\r\n\r\nYou can view the new value has taken effect by re-running <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig.</strong>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5833\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9-300x180.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThere\'s no need to run this command on each Exchange server - just run it once on any server and it replicates to other mail servers in the organization.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','DISABLE EXCHANGE 2010 SPAM FILTERING','','inherit','open','open','','5830-revision-13','','','2012-01-15 00:36:48','2012-01-15 00:36:48','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5830-revision-13',0,'revision','',0),(5848,35,'2012-01-15 00:36:53','2012-01-15 00:36:53','Recently I worked with a customer that who was experiencing some odd spam false positive behavior. Even though they had purchased and deployed a third-party spam filter, Exchange was still evaluating each piece of mail and moving suspected spam emails into each user\'s Junk Mail folder. This was considered undesired behavior. Any mail that made it past the third-party spam filtering appliance was to be treated as known-good.\r\n\r\nUnfortunately you can\'t simply disable the native Exchange spam filter, but you can achieve equivalent behavior. Here\'s how:\r\n\r\nExamine the email headers on a piece of false-positive spam (in Outlook 2010, File -&gt; Properties -&gt; Internet Headers) and note the value of the <strong>X-MS-Exchange-Organization-SCL</strong> line. In this case, the value was 9 (out of a possible 9) meaning Exchange had analyzed the email and determined (with a high degree of confidence) that it was spam.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5831\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail-300x229.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLaunch the Exchange Management Shell (it\'s Powershell for Exchange). It should connect to your Exchange server automatically. Run <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig</strong> and note the value of the <strong>SCLJunkThreshold</strong> line. This value determines the maximum spam rating that is allowed to go straight to a user\'s mailbox. Mail with a higher rating will go to the Junk Mail folder instead. This field accepts a maximum value of 9, so if we set it to 9 we will effectively tell Exchange to trust all incoming mail.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5832\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81-300x160.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" /></a>\r\n\r\nRun <strong>Set-OrganizationConfig -scljunkthreshold 9 </strong>(where 9 is the new value that you want the server to trust).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5834\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9-300x97.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"97\" /></a>\r\n\r\nYou can view the new value has taken effect by re-running <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig.</strong>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5833\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9-300x180.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThere\'s no need to run this command on each Exchange server - just run it once on any server and it replicates to other mail servers in the organization.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','DISABLE EXCHANGE 2010 SPAM FILTERING','','inherit','open','open','','5830-revision-14','','','2012-01-15 00:36:53','2012-01-15 00:36:53','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5830-revision-14',0,'revision','',0),(5850,35,'2012-01-15 00:37:27','2012-01-15 00:37:27','Recently I worked with a customer that who was experiencing some odd spam false positive behavior. Even though they had purchased and deployed a third-party spam filter, Exchange was still evaluating each piece of mail and moving suspected spam emails into each user\'s Junk Mail folder. This was considered undesired behavior. Any mail that made it past the third-party spam filtering appliance was to be treated as known-good.\r\n\r\nUnfortunately you can\'t simply disable the native Exchange spam filter, but you can achieve equivalent behavior. Here\'s how:\r\n\r\nExamine the email headers on a piece of false-positive spam (in Outlook 2010, File -&gt; Properties -&gt; Internet Headers) and note the value of the <strong>X-MS-Exchange-Organization-SCL</strong> line. In this case, the value was 9 (out of a possible 9) meaning Exchange had analyzed the email and determined (with a high degree of confidence) that it was spam.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5831\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/JunkedEmail-300x229.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"229\" /></a>\r\n\r\nLaunch the Exchange Management Shell (it\'s Powershell for Exchange). It should connect to your Exchange server automatically. Run <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig</strong> and note the value of the <strong>SCLJunkThreshold</strong> line. This value determines the maximum spam rating that is allowed to go straight to a user\'s mailbox. Mail with a higher rating will go to the Junk Mail folder instead. This field accepts a maximum value of 9, so if we set it to 9 we will effectively tell Exchange to trust all incoming mail.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5832\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh81-300x160.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" /></a>\r\n\r\nRun <strong>Set-OrganizationConfig -scljunkthreshold 9 </strong>(where 9 is the new value that you want the server to trust).\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5834\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SetSCL9-300x97.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"97\" /></a>\r\n\r\nYou can view the new value has taken effect by re-running <strong>Get-OrganizationConfig.</strong>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9.png\"><img class=\"alignnone size-medium wp-image-5833\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/SCLThresh9-300x180.png\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"180\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThere\'s no need to run this command on each Exchange server - just run it once on any server and it replicates to other mail servers in the organization.','DISABLE EXCHANGE 2010 SPAM FILTERING','','inherit','open','open','','5830-revision-16','','','2012-01-15 00:37:27','2012-01-15 00:37:27','',5830,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5830-revision-16',0,'revision','',0),(5851,2,'2012-01-16 15:20:31','2012-01-16 15:20:31','Join us for these complimentary webcasts with live Q&amp;A. Click on a title for more details and to register!\r\n\r\n<a href=\"https://event.on24.com/eventRegistration/EventLobbyServlet?target=registration.jsp&amp;eventid=389914&amp;sessionid=1&amp;key=1BAAD487FF59812CCA8EB3661EB7D5E6&amp;partnerref=eGroup&amp;sourcepage=register\">January 18th: Introduction to Virtualization\r\n</a>\r\nThis webcast is designed for those with little to no virtualization experience to understand why virtualization and VMware are so important to driving down both capital and operational costs. Hear about key concepts and technologies of virtualization, including the VMware vSphere® Hypervisor and VMware vSphere 5, the world\'s most robust and complete virtualization platform. This session will also introduce the new vSphere Storage Appliance and VMware GO, two solutions that are making it easier than ever to get started with virtualization\r\n\r\n<a href=\"https://event.on24.com/eventRegistration/EventLobbyServlet?target=registration.jsp&amp;eventid=389918&amp;sessionid=1&amp;key=026BBC7C9FE905E0E22A3F1641EE207D&amp;partnerref=eGroup&amp;sourcepage=register\">January 24th: Simplifying Disaster Protection for All Your Applications with VMware vCenter Site Recovery Manager and VMware vSphere Replication\r\n</a>\r\nTraditional disaster recovery solutions are often expensive, complex and unreliable to meet business requirements. As a result, IT departments are hesitant to expand disaster protection beyond their most critical applications. With VMware vCenter™ Site Recovery Manager 5 (SRM), the market-leading disaster recovery product, all types of organizations can deploy the simplest, most reliable disaster protection and site migration. Bundled with VMware vSphere® Replication, the first hypervisor based replication technology, SRM reduces the cost of disaster recovery protection for small and large companies, enabling them to expand their disaster protection to all applications. Even single sites can now use SRM to leverage the cloud services offered by eGroup.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"https://event.on24.com/eventRegistration/EventLobbyServlet?target=registration.jsp&amp;eventid=389919&amp;sessionid=1&amp;key=2D11E6B4ED3C28EFC0F77AB305DFE011&amp;partnerref=eGroup&amp;sourcepage=register\">January 26th: Top 10 Myths About Virtualizing Business-Critical Applications</a>\r\n\r\nAlthough the benefits of virtualization are well established, some companies have stopped short of virtualizing their business-critical applications. Uncover the truth about how you can virtualize business-critical applications and achieve benefits such as faster migration to new hardware and faster application upgrades.\r\n\r\nQuestions? Please e-mail the VMware <a href=\"mailto:onlineevents@vmware.com\">Online Events team</a>, or call eGroup at 1.877.eGROUP.1.','eGROUP TEAMS UP WITH VMWARE TO PRESENT THREE EXCITING WEBINARS DURING JANUARY!','','publish','open','open','','egroup-teams-up-with-vmware-to-present-three-exciting-webinars-during-january','','','2012-01-16 15:20:31','2012-01-16 15:20:31','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5851',0,'post','',0),(5852,2,'2012-01-16 15:20:00','2012-01-16 15:20:00','Join us for these complimentary webcasts with live Q&amp;A. Click on a title for more details and to register!\n\n<a href=\"https://event.on24.com/eventRegistration/EventLobbyServlet?target=registration.jsp&amp;eventid=389914&amp;sessionid=1&amp;key=1BAAD487FF59812CCA8EB3661EB7D5E6&amp;partnerref=eGroup&amp;sourcepage=register\">January 18th: Introduction to Virtualization\n</a>\nThis webcast is designed for those with little to no virtualization experience to understand why virtualization and VMware are so important to driving down both capital and operational costs. Hear about key concepts and technologies of virtualization, including the VMware vSphere® Hypervisor and VMware vSphere 5, the world\'s most robust and complete virtualization platform. This session will also introduce the new vSphere Storage Appliance and VMware GO, two solutions that are making it easier than ever to get started with virtualization\n\n<a href=\"https://event.on24.com/eventRegistration/EventLobbyServlet?target=registration.jsp&amp;eventid=389918&amp;sessionid=1&amp;key=026BBC7C9FE905E0E22A3F1641EE207D&amp;partnerref=eGroup&amp;sourcepage=register\">January 24th: Simplifying Disaster Protection for All Your Applications with VMware vCenter Site Recovery Manager and VMware vSphere Replication\n</a>\nTraditional disaster recovery solutions are often expensive, complex and unreliable to meet business requirements. As a result, IT departments are hesitant to expand disaster protection beyond their most critical applications. With VMware vCenter™ Site Recovery Manager 5 (SRM), the market-leading disaster recovery product, all types of organizations can deploy the simplest, most reliable disaster protection and site migration. Bundled with VMware vSphere® Replication, the first hypervisor based replication technology, SRM reduces the cost of disaster recovery protection for small and large companies, enabling them to expand their disaster protection to all applications. Even single sites can now use SRM to leverage the cloud services offered by eGroup.\n\n<a href=\"https://event.on24.com/eventRegistration/EventLobbyServlet?target=registration.jsp&amp;eventid=389919&amp;sessionid=1&amp;key=2D11E6B4ED3C28EFC0F77AB305DFE011&amp;partnerref=eGroup&amp;sourcepage=register\">January 26th: Top 10 Myths About Virtualizing Business-Critical Applications</a>\n\nAlthough the benefits of virtualization are well established, some companies have stopped short of virtualizing their business-critical applications. Uncover the truth about how you can virtualize business-critical applications and achieve benefits such as faster migration to new hardware and faster application upgrades.\n\nQuestions? Please e-mail the VMware <a href=\"mailto:onlineevents@vmware.com\">Online Events team</a>, or call eGroup at 1.877.eGROUP.1.','eGROUP TEAMS UP WITH VMWARE TO PRESENT THREE EXCITING WEBINARS DURING JANUARY!','','inherit','open','open','','5851-revision','','','2012-01-16 15:20:00','2012-01-16 15:20:00','',5851,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5851-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5853,2,'2012-01-16 16:04:54','2012-01-16 16:04:54','The <a href=\"http://raceandroast.eventbrite.com/\">Race &amp; Roast</a> at Oakland Plantation is a 5K trail run and oyster roast benefiting the <a href=\"http://www.mountpland.org/topic.asp?pid=1\">Mount Pleasant Land Conservancy</a> (MPLC). You can participate in just one or both events. It all takes place at the same beautiful location in Mount Pleasant starting at 12:30 pm on Sunday, February 26th.\r\n\r\nThe inaugural 5K trail run will wind through the 132-acre forest at Oakland Plantation that is permanently preserved by a conservation easement held by the MPLC. The run will begin and finish under the avenue of oaks that lines the main drive to this seldom seen historic plantation.\r\n\r\nRegistered runners will receive a race t-shirt and one complimentary beer ticket for the post event. The Race will begin at 12:30 pm. Awards will be given out after the race to the top three finishers in each age category. Tickets to the Oyster Roast are an additional $15 for registered runners and $25 for anyone else.\r\n\r\nThe Oyster Roast is from 1pm - 4 pm on the picturesque lawn of the plantation house, and next to the start/finish line for the race. Oyster Roast tickets include live music, all-you-can-eat local oysters, Lowcountry cuisine, Palmetto Brewery beer, hay rides, kids\' activities and more...all for a great cause. Children 12 years and younger are free.\r\n\r\nClick <a href=\"http://raceandroast.eventbrite.com/\">HERE</a> for more details!','eGROUP SPONSORS \"RACE AND ROAST\" TO BENEFIT MOUNT PLEASANT LAND CONSERVANCY','','publish','open','open','','egroup-sponsors-race-and-roast-to-benefit-mount-pleasant-land-conservancy','','','2012-01-16 16:04:54','2012-01-16 16:04:54','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5853',0,'post','',0),(5854,2,'2012-01-16 16:04:03','2012-01-16 16:04:03','The <a href=\"http://raceandroast.eventbrite.com/\">Race &amp; Roast</a> at Oakland Plantation is a 5K trail run and oyster roast benefiting the <a href=\"http://www.mountpland.org/topic.asp?pid=1\">Mount Pleasant Land Conservancy</a> (MPLC). You can participate in just one or both events. It all takes place at the same beautiful location in Mount Pleasant starting at 12:30 pm on Sunday, February 26th.\n\nThe inaugural 5K trail run will wind through the 132-acre forest at Oakland Plantation that is permanently preserved by a conservation easement held by the MPLC. The run will begin and finish under the avenue of oaks that lines the main drive to this seldom seen historic plantation.\n\nRegistered runners will receive a race t-shirt and one complimentary beer ticket for the post event. The Race will begin at 12:30 pm. Awards will be given out after the race to the top three finishers in each age category. Tickets to the Oyster Roast are an additional $15 for registered runners and $25 for anyone else.\n\nThe Oyster Roast is from 1pm - 4 pm on the picturesque lawn of the plantation house, and next to the start/finish line for the race. Oyster Roast tickets include live music, all-you-can-eat local oysters, Lowcountry cuisine, Palmetto Brewery beer, hay rides, kids\' activities and more...all for a great cause. Children 12 years and younger are free.\n\nClick <a href=\"http://raceandroast.eventbrite.com/\">HERE</a> for more details!','eGROUP SPONSORS \"RACE AND ROAST\" TO BENEFIT MOUNT PLEASANT LAND CONSERVANCY','','inherit','open','open','','5853-revision','','','2012-01-16 16:04:03','2012-01-16 16:04:03','',5853,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5853-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5922,6,'2012-02-01 22:05:21','2012-02-01 22:05:21','Citrix has an all-in-one VDI solution for small and medium business called <strong><a href=\"http://www.citrix.com/English/ps2/products/product.asp?contentID=2316437\" target=\"_blank\">VDI-in-a-Box</a>, </strong>which allows organizations go from \"No VDI\" to \"In Production VDI\" in a couple of hours - that scales on demand.\r\n\r\nCitrix states that VDI-in-a-Box delivers immediate ROI and reduces VDI infrastructure costs by 60%, and if you are facing desktop refresh like a number of organizations, then you really should consider your all virtual options.\r\n\r\n VDI-in-a-Box, allows companies to:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Reduce downtime with high availability that\'s built-in to the solution</strong></li>\r\n	<li><strong>Reduce and eliminate complexities with an all-in-one software solution</strong></li>\r\n	<li><strong>Provide uses anywhere-access via the Citrix Receiver</strong></li>\r\n	<li><strong>Dramatically cut infrastructure costs by running VDI via off-the-shelf servers</strong></li>\r\n	<li><strong>Deploy virtual desktops for less $$$ than new PCs</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\nOrganizations can look for 3 key benefits (1) Accelerates the adoption of VDI, (2) Satisfies the demands from end users for HD, personalized desktop experience, and (3) Simplifies the process (setup, deployment, &amp; management).\r\n\r\nFor more information, I encourage you to check out an <strong><a href=\"http://www.citrix.com/English/NE/events/byType.asp?etype=1441&amp;PROD=VDI-in-a-Box\" target=\"_blank\">On Demand Citrix Webcast</a> </strong>or by going <strong><a href=\"https://try.citrix.com/store?Action=DisplayPage&amp;Locale=en_US&amp;SiteID=citrixtr&amp;id=QuickBuyCartPage\" target=\"_blank\">HERE</a></strong>.','THINKING VDI? CHECK OUT CITRX VDI-IN-A-BOX','','publish','open','open','','thinking-vdi-check-out-citrx-vdi-in-a-box','','','2012-02-01 22:05:21','2012-02-01 22:05:21','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5922',0,'post','',0),(5856,2,'2012-01-17 14:10:37','2012-01-17 14:10:37','','Race and Roast','','inherit','open','open','','race-and-roast','','','2012-01-17 14:10:37','2012-01-17 14:10:37','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Race-and-Roast.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5857,2,'2012-01-17 14:11:27','2012-01-17 14:11:27','','eGroup-Logo-Color','','inherit','open','open','','egroup-logo-color','','','2012-01-17 14:11:27','2012-01-17 14:11:27','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/eGroup-Logo-Color.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5858,44,'2012-01-11 18:44:52','2012-01-11 18:44:52','','Auto Draft','','inherit','open','open','','5815-revision','','','2012-01-11 18:44:52','2012-01-11 18:44:52','',5815,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5815-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5861,44,'2012-01-17 20:04:13','2012-01-17 20:04:13','<span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Versions of VMware Site Recover Manager (SRM) prior to version 5 required array-based replication and a VMware-certified Storage Replication Adapter to be installed in order to function.  SRM itself did not perform replication.</span></span>\n\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">VMware SRM 5 now includes an optional replication feature with the following characteristics:</span></span>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">vSphere Replication (VR) is included with SRM 5 for free but array-based replication is still supported </span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VR offers a cost-effective means of protecting 2<sup>nd</sup> and 3<sup>rd</sup> tier applications  and remote offices</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VR is not intended to replace SAN-based replication for mission-critical applications</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VR requires version 5 of vCenter and SRM but ESX host versions can vary</span></span></li>\n</ul>\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">Additional VR Characteristics:</span></span>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Adds native replication to SRM</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Replication is enabled per VM, not per datastore, and can include some or all of the VM’s disks</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VMs can be replicated regardless of the underlying storage - even to or from local storage on a host!</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Supports Microsoft VSS for guest OS quiescing</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Initial copy of VM can be seeded by online replication or by transporting external media</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Replicated disks can be placed anywhere at the recovery site</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Replication is managed via the vCenter console</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Changes on the source disk are tracked by ESXi and only deltas are sent to the remote site</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Replication does not use VMware snapshots - very nice!</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">RPO is configurable between 15 minutes and 24 hours </span></span></li>\n</ul>\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">VR Limitations:</span></span>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Focus is on virtual disks of powered-on VMs</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VR works at the virtual device layer</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">FT, linked clone, templates not supported</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Automated fallback of VMs not supported in the initial release</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Virtual hardware 7 or later required in VM</span></span></li>\n</ul>\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">VR Use Cases:</span></span>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Site-to-site (async) for SMB customers where no SAN replication is available</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Alongside array replication (compliments rather than replaces)</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Remote offices to existing paired SRM datacenters in a hub &amp; spoke model</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">DR as a Service (DRaaS) provider model, eliminating the need for a dedicated customer-owned secondary site up to a 10:1 ratio</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Planned VM migration between sites</span></span></li>\n</ul>','VMWARE SRM 5 INCLUDES VM REPLICATION','','inherit','open','open','','5815-autosave','','','2012-01-17 20:04:13','2012-01-17 20:04:13','',5815,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5815-autosave',0,'revision','',0),(5860,44,'2012-01-17 19:56:38','2012-01-17 19:56:38','<span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Versions of VMware Site Recover Manager (SRM) prior to version 5 required array-based replication and a VMware-certified Storage Replication Adapter to be installed in order to function.  SRM itself did not perform replication.</span></span>\n\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">VMware SRM 5 now includes an optional replication feature with the following characteristics:</span></span>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">vSphere Replication (VR) is included with SRM 5 for free but array-based replication is still supported </span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VR offers a cost-effective means of protecting 2<sup>nd</sup> and 3<sup>rd</sup> tier applications  and remote offices</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VR is not intended to replace SAN-based replication for mission-critical applications</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VR requires version 5 of vCenter and SRM but ESX host versions can vary</span></span></li>\n</ul>\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">Additional VR Characteristics:</span></span>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Adds native replication to SRM</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Replication is enabled per VM, not per datastore, and can include some or all of the VM’s disks</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VMs can be replicated regardless of the underlying storage - even to or from local storage on a host!</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Supports Microsoft VSS for guest OS quiescing</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Initial copy of VM can be seeded by online replication or by transporting external media</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Replicated disks can be placed anywhere at the recovery site</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Replication is managed via the vCenter console</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Changes on the source disk are tracked by ESXi and only deltas are sent to the remote site</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Replication does not use VMware snapshots - very nice!</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">RPO is configurable between 15 minutes and 24 hours </span></span></li>\n</ul>\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">VR Limitations:</span></span>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Focus is on virtual disks of powered-on VMs</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VR works at the virtual device layer</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">FT, linked clone, templates not supported</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Automated fallback of VMs not supported in the initial release</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Virtual hardware 7 or later required in VM</span></span></li>\n</ul>\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">VR Use Cases:</span></span>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Site-to-site (async) for SMB customers where no SAN replication is available</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Alongside array replication (compliments rather than replaces)</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Remote offices to existing paired SRM datacenters in a hub &amp; spoke model</span></span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\">·</span>         <span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">DR as a Service (DRaaS) provider model, eliminating the need for a dedicated customer-owned secondary site up to a 10:1 ratio</span></span></li>\n</ul>','VMWARE SRM 5 INCLUDES VM REPLICATION','','inherit','open','open','','5815-revision-2','','','2012-01-17 19:56:38','2012-01-17 19:56:38','',5815,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5815-revision-2',0,'revision','',0),(5862,44,'2012-01-17 19:57:34','2012-01-17 19:57:34','<span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Versions of VMware Site Recover Manager (SRM) prior to version 5 required array-based replication and a VMware-certified Storage Replication Adapter to be installed in order to function.  SRM itself did not perform replication.</span></span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">VMware SRM 5 now includes an optional replication feature with the following characteristics:</span></span>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">vSphere Replication (VR) is included with SRM 5 for free but array-based replication is still supported </span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VR offers a cost-effective means of protecting 2<sup>nd</sup> and 3<sup>rd</sup> tier applications  and remote offices</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VR is not intended to replace SAN-based replication for mission-critical applications</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VR requires version 5 of vCenter and SRM but ESX host versions can vary</span></span></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">Additional VR Characteristics:</span></span>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Adds native replication to SRM</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Replication is enabled per VM, not per datastore, and can include some or all of the VM’s disks</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VMs can be replicated regardless of the underlying storage - even to or from local storage on a host!</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Supports Microsoft VSS for guest OS quiescing</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Initial copy of VM can be seeded by online replication or by transporting external media</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Replicated disks can be placed anywhere at the recovery site</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Replication is managed via the vCenter console</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Changes on the source disk are tracked by ESXi and only deltas are sent to the remote site</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Replication does not use VMware snapshots - very nice!</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">RPO is configurable between 15 minutes and 24 hours </span></span></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">VR Limitations:</span></span>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Focus is on virtual disks of powered-on VMs</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">VR works at the virtual device layer</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">FT, linked clone, templates not supported</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Automated fallback of VMs not supported in the initial release</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Virtual hardware 7 or later required in VM</span></span></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<span style=\"font-family: Calibri\"><span style=\"font-size: small\">VR Use Cases:</span></span>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Site-to-site (async) for SMB customers where no SAN replication is available</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Alongside array replication (compliments rather than replaces)</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">Remote offices to existing paired SRM datacenters in a hub &amp; spoke model</span></span></li>\r\n	<li><span style=\"font-size: small\"><span style=\"font-family: Calibri\">DR as a Service (DRaaS) provider model, eliminating the need for a dedicated customer-owned secondary site up to a 10:1 ratio</span></span></li>\r\n</ul>','VMWARE SRM 5 INCLUDES VM REPLICATION','','inherit','open','open','','5815-revision-3','','','2012-01-17 19:57:34','2012-01-17 19:57:34','',5815,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5815-revision-3',0,'revision','',0),(5864,44,'2012-01-17 19:55:31','2012-01-17 19:55:31','','Auto Draft','','inherit','open','open','','5859-revision','','','2012-01-17 19:55:31','2012-01-17 19:55:31','',5859,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5859-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5879,6,'2012-01-31 20:32:58','2012-01-31 20:32:58','Cisco has refined the virtual desktop, including voice and video, and refined the offering into their <strong>Virtualization Experience Infrastructure (VXI)</strong> solution.\r\n\r\nDelivering desktop and workspace virtualization, VXI is an end to end solution that capitalizes on the converged network infrastructure for a much improved user experience, that includes (1) virtual desktop, (2) video, (3) access from any device - anywhere, and (4) voice.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/why.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5888\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"571\" height=\"312\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThis is the first solution to cominbine virtualized collaborative workspace and the virtualized data center into an experience that raises the standard for virtualized desktop solutions by delivering any application to any device an any workplace environment - while providing security and control.\r\n\r\n Some of the key benefits of VXI to consider are:\r\n<ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Open &amp; Controlled Operations</strong> - provides virtualization-aware control of security and support for high availability and business continuance</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Personalized &amp; Pervasive User Interactions</strong> - delivering customized, consistent virtual workspace</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Agile &amp; Efficient Service Provisioning</strong> - quickly deploy new apps while optimizing resource utilization </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/implement.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5892\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-2.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"590\" height=\"383\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo Learn More - Please visit: <a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html\">http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html</a>','CISCO\'S VIRTUALIZATION EXPERIENCE INFRASTRUCTURE (VXI)','','publish','open','open','','ciscos-virtualization-experience-infrastructure-vxi','','','2012-01-31 20:32:58','2012-01-31 20:32:58','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5879',0,'post','',0),(5866,44,'2012-01-23 21:16:23','2012-01-23 21:16:23','In reading the SRM 5 release notes I came across an interesting and unexpected limitation that may reduce the viability of VMware Replication for some customers:\n\n<strong>Large Disks Perform Full Sync Unnecessarily</strong>\n\nWhen disks larger than 256GB are protected using vSphere Replication (VR), any operation that causes an internal restart of the virtual disk device causes the disk to complete a full sync. Internal restarts occur any time:\n<ul>\n<ul>\n	<li>A virtual machine is restarted</li>\n	<li>A virtual machine is vMotioned</li>\n	<li>A virtual machine is reconfigured</li>\n	<li>A snapshot is taken of a virtual machine</li>\n	<li>Replication is paused and resumed</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\nThe full sync is initiated by ESX, and any resolution to this issue would involve an update to ESX. These syncs involve additional I/O to both the protected and recovery site disks, which often takes longer than the Recovery Point Objective (RPO), resulting in a missed RPO target. To avoid this issue, use smaller disks.','VMWARE REPLICATION PERFORMS UNNECESSARY FULL SYNC WITH DISKS LARGER THAN 256GB','','inherit','open','open','','5859-revision-2','','','2012-01-23 21:16:23','2012-01-23 21:16:23','',5859,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5859-revision-2',0,'revision','',0),(5867,44,'2012-01-23 21:17:51','2012-01-23 21:17:51','In reading the <a href=\"https://www.vmware.com/support/srm/srm_releasenotes_5_0_0.html\">SRM 5 release notes </a>I came across an interesting and unexpected limitation that may reduce the viability of VMware Replication for some customers:\n\n<strong>Large Disks Perform Full Sync Unnecessarily</strong>\n\nWhen disks larger than 256GB are protected using vSphere Replication (VR), any operation that causes an internal restart of the virtual disk device causes the disk to complete a full sync. Internal restarts occur any time:\n<ul>\n<ul>\n	<li>A virtual machine is restarted</li>\n	<li>A virtual machine is vMotioned</li>\n	<li>A virtual machine is reconfigured</li>\n	<li>A snapshot is taken of a virtual machine</li>\n	<li>Replication is paused and resumed</li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\nThe full sync is initiated by ESX, and any resolution to this issue would involve an update to ESX. These syncs involve additional I/O to both the protected and recovery site disks, which often takes longer than the Recovery Point Objective (RPO), resulting in a missed RPO target. To avoid this issue, use smaller disks.','VMWARE REPLICATION PERFORMS UNNECESSARY FULL SYNC WITH DISKS LARGER THAN 256GB','','inherit','open','open','','5859-autosave','','','2012-01-23 21:17:51','2012-01-23 21:17:51','',5859,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5859-autosave',0,'revision','',0),(5869,2,'2011-08-03 19:30:25','2011-08-03 19:30:25','Intelligent, scalable, cost-effective virtual infrastructures for enterprise class requirements in data center computing, storage, networking, and data protection.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>VCE Vblock Infrastructure Packages</li>\r\n	<li>EMC Storage, Backup, Replication &amp; Recovery</li>\r\n	<li>Cisco Unified Computing and Network Infrastructure</li>\r\n	<li>VMware Virtualization and Your Cloud Computing</li>\r\n	<li>eGroup\'seCloud Hosted Infrastructure</li>\r\n	<li>Systems Consultation &amp; Engineering Services</li>\r\n	<li>Product Procurement &amp; Logistics</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<strong>Public cloud? Private cloud? No, your cloud!</strong>\r\n\r\nIn a business world where the fast eat the slow, and where IT is central to every decision, IT responsiveness and agility are what ultimately provide a competitive edge. Yet many organizations aren’t quick enough on the uptake because their IT infrastructures are too cumbersome to manage and too complex to easily adapt.\r\n\r\nCloud computing provides a vastly more efficient, flexible, and cost-effective way for IT to meet escalating business needs: IT as a service. eGroup offers you an evolutionary and practical path to this new model, with solutions that harness the power of the cloud while ensuring security and preserving the value of your existing technology investments.\r\n\r\neGroup’s custom-assembled Cloud Infrastructure Platforms are optimized for a wide range of virtualized and traditional solution deployments. eGroup platforms integrate best-of-breed technology from industry leaders Cisco, EMC, and VMware, backed by eGroup\'s seamless best-in-class support. Our modular designs are highly scalable to meet growth needs, provide investment protection, and lower total cost of ownership.\r\n\r\nCloud computing is well understood as a profound shift in the IT model, evolving over time and having long-lasting implications for how IT builds applications, runs and delivers those applications, and how end users consume applications across an ever-expanding range of devices. Cloud has the potential to change everything about IT, allowing enterprise IT to create a competitive advantage by intelligently and dynamically anticipating and responding to business needs.\r\n\r\neGroup approaches cloud computing as a model that must be flexible and adaptive to the specific needs of each customer. Each individual business will approach cloud computing with unique goals, assets, timelines and budgets. Our message to customers is clear: it’s not about moving your business to somebody else’s cloud. It’s about moving your business forward with your cloud.\r\n\r\n<strong>At eGroup, we believe that your cloud needs to be:</strong>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Designed for the specific needs of each enterprise—not a “one-loud-fits-all” approach like most cloud offerings</li>\r\n	<li>Uniquely aligned to each enterprise’s business and its approach to IT</li>\r\n	<li>Able to leverage the investment in existing IT resources</li>\r\n	<li>Flexible enough to securely use both on and off-premise resources</li>\r\n	<li>An incremental, not wholesale, change</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<strong>Key use cases:</strong>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Solutions for running critical business applications with higher reliability, at lower cost</li>\r\n	<li>Solutions to help bring enterprise capabilities to cloud computing—security, quality of service, portability and choice</li>\r\n	<li>Zero-touch infrastructure management to dramatically reduce operational cost and increase reliability</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;','Cloud Services',' Intelligent, scalable, cost-effective virtual infrastructures for enterprise class requirements in data center computing, storage, networking, and data protection.','inherit','open','open','','30-revision-28','','','2011-08-03 19:30:25','2011-08-03 19:30:25','',30,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/30-revision-28',0,'revision','',0),(5872,25,'2012-01-30 18:48:48','2012-01-30 18:48:48','In a VMware View environment the View agent running on each desktop keeps log files that are critical to troubleshooting a variety of issues.  Typically this would involve interrupting the user\'s session to run the \"support.bat\" file included in installation of the agent.  Recently though, I was working with VMware support on a customer issue, and I discovered that these logs could be collected remotely from the Connection Server without affecting an active session.\r\n\r\nFrom the command line on the View Connection Server, change to the directory in which you want to dump the support bundle.  Then run <em>vdmadmin -A -getDCT -outfile &lt;file name&gt; -d &lt;pool name&gt; -m &lt;virtual machine name&gt;.  </em>It\'s important to note that pool name and the virtual machine name <strong>ARE </strong>case sensitive.  For more information on collecting VMware View log files see the following VMware KB Article: <a title=\"http://kb.vmware.com/selfservice/microsites/search.do?language=en_US&amp;cmd=displayKC&amp;externalId=1017939\" href=\"http://kb.vmware.com/selfservice/microsites/search.do?language=en_US&amp;cmd=displayKC&amp;externalId=1017939\" target=\"_blank\">http://kb.vmware.com/selfservice/microsites/search.do?language=en_US&amp;cmd=displayKC&amp;externalId=1017939</a>.','Collecting VMware View Agent Logs From Remote Virtual Desktop','','publish','open','open','','collecting-vmware-view-agent-logs-from-remote-virtual-desktop','','','2012-01-30 18:48:48','2012-01-30 18:48:48','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5872',0,'post','',0),(5873,25,'2012-01-30 18:47:55','2012-01-30 18:47:55','In a VMware View environment the View agent running on each desktop keeps log files that are critical to troubleshooting a variety of issues.  Typically this would involve interrupting the user\'s session to run the \"support.bat\" file included in installation of the agent.  Recently though, I was working with VMware support on a customer issue, and I discovered that these logs could be collected remotely from the Connection Server without affecting an active session.\n\nFrom the command line on the View Connection Server, change to the directory in which you want to dump the support bundle.  Then run <em>vdmadmin -A -getDCT -outfile &lt;file name&gt; -d &lt;pool name&gt; -m &lt;virtual machine name&gt;.  </em>It\'s important to note that pool name and the virtual machine name <strong>ARE </strong>case sensitive.  Then you can bro  For more information on collecting VMware View log files see the following VMware KB Article: <a title=\"http://kb.vmware.com/selfservice/microsites/search.do?language=en_US&amp;cmd=displayKC&amp;externalId=1017939\" href=\"http://kb.vmware.com/selfservice/microsites/search.do?language=en_US&amp;cmd=displayKC&amp;externalId=1017939\" target=\"_blank\">http://kb.vmware.com/selfservice/microsites/search.do?language=en_US&amp;cmd=displayKC&amp;externalId=1017939</a>.','Collecting VMware View Agent Logs from Remote Virtual Desktop','','inherit','open','open','','5872-revision','','','2012-01-30 18:47:55','2012-01-30 18:47:55','',5872,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5872-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5875,5,'2012-01-30 19:17:12','0000-00-00 00:00:00','','EMC VFCACHE, WHAT IS IT???','','draft','open','open','','','','','2012-01-30 19:17:12','2012-01-30 19:17:12','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5875',0,'post','',0),(5877,25,'2012-01-30 21:02:37','2012-01-30 21:02:37','I have visited numerous customer sites where System Administrators struggle with correctly sizing and configuring their XenApp servers to run in a vSphere environment.  The most common issue I find with virtual XenApp servers is over-allocated resources.  Most of these servers were converted (P2V\'d) from existing hardware, where quad-core processors and 10-20 GB of memory was not uncommon.  When approaching the question of designing the a XenApp environment, I too struggle at times with \"how much of (enter resource here) is enough?\".  Today, while browsing through various white papers, I stumbled upon a very helpful document put together by VMware that serves as a baseline for determining the answer to this question.  The technical document can be found here: <a title=\"http://www.vmware.com/files/pdf/solutions/vmware-citrix-xenapp-best-practices-EN.pdf\" href=\"http://www.vmware.com/files/pdf/solutions/vmware-citrix-xenapp-best-practices-EN.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http://www.vmware.com/files/pdf/solutions/vmware-citrix-xenapp-best-practices-EN.pdf</a>\r\n\r\nWhile slightly dated, this article still provides valuable information for anyone constructing their XenApp environment on the vSphere hypervisor.  The key point described in the white paper is that it is much better to create numerous servers with smaller amounts of dedicated resources, as apposed to building a few \"larger\" virtual machines.  Typically, several servers with only 2-4 GB of vRAM and 1-2 vCPUs will perform much better (and provide better availability) than a few servers with 8-10 GB of vRAM and 4-8 vCPUs.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Creating Citrix XenApp Servers In A VMware vSphere Environment','','publish','open','open','','creating-citrix-xenapp-servers-in-a-vmware-vsphere-environment','','','2012-01-30 21:02:37','2012-01-30 21:02:37','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5877',0,'post','',0),(5878,25,'2012-01-30 21:01:47','2012-01-30 21:01:47','I have visited numerous customer sites where System Administrators struggle with correctly sizing and configuring their XenApp servers to run in a vSphere environment.  The most common issue I find with virtual XenApp servers is over-allocated resources.  Most of these servers were converted (P2V\'d) from existing hardware, where quad-core processors and 10-20 GB of memory was not uncommon.  When approaching the question of designing the a XenApp environment, I too struggle at times with \"how much of (enter resource here) is enough?\".  Today, while browsing through various white papers, I stumbled upon a very helpful document put together by VMware that serves as a baseline for determining the answer to this question.  The technical document can be found here: <a title=\"http://www.vmware.com/files/pdf/solutions/vmware-citrix-xenapp-best-practices-EN.pdf\" href=\"http://www.vmware.com/files/pdf/solutions/vmware-citrix-xenapp-best-practices-EN.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http://www.vmware.com/files/pdf/solutions/vmware-citrix-xenapp-best-practices-EN.pdf</a>\n\nWhile slightly dated, this article still provides valuable information for anyone constructing their XenApp environment on the vSphere hypervisor.  The key point described in the white paper is that it is much better to create numerous servers with smaller amounts of dedicated resources, as apposed to building a few \"larger\" virtual machines.  Typically, several servers with only 2-4 GB of vRAM and 1-2 vCPUs will perform much better (and provide better availability) than a few servers with 8-10 GB of vRAM and 4-8 vCPUs.\n\n&nbsp;\n\n&nbsp;\n\n&nbsp;\n\n&nbsp;','Creating Citrix XenApp Servers In A VMware vSphere Environment','','inherit','open','open','','5877-revision','','','2012-01-30 21:01:47','2012-01-30 21:01:47','',5877,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5877-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5880,6,'2012-01-31 19:59:24','2012-01-31 19:59:24','','CiscoVXI','','inherit','open','open','','ciscovxi','','','2012-01-31 19:59:24','2012-01-31 19:59:24','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/CiscoVXI.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5881,6,'2012-01-31 19:57:51','2012-01-31 19:57:51','Cisco has refined the virtual desktop, including voice and video, and refined the offering into VXI.\n\nDelivering desktop and workspace virtualization, this is an end to end solution that capitlizes on the converged network infrastructure for a much improved user experience .','CISCO\'S VIRTUALIZATION EXPERIENCE INFRASTRUCTURE (VXI)','','inherit','open','open','','5879-revision','','','2012-01-31 19:57:51','2012-01-31 19:57:51','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5879-revision',0,'revision','',0),(5883,6,'2012-01-31 20:11:48','2012-01-31 20:11:48','','CiscoVXI-2','','inherit','open','open','','ciscovxi-2','','','2012-01-31 20:11:48','2012-01-31 20:11:48','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/CiscoVXI-2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5882,6,'2012-01-31 20:00:52','2012-01-31 20:00:52','Cisco has refined the virtual desktop, including voice and video, and refined the offering into VXI.\n\nDelivering desktop and workspace virtualization, this is an end to end solution that capitlizes on the converged network infrastructure for a much improved user experience .\n\n&nbsp;\n\n&nbsp;\n\n&nbsp;','CISCO\'S VIRTUALIZATION EXPERIENCE INFRASTRUCTURE (VXI)','','inherit','open','open','','5879-revision-2','','','2012-01-31 20:00:52','2012-01-31 20:00:52','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5879-revision-2',0,'revision','',0),(5884,6,'2012-01-31 20:12:52','2012-01-31 20:12:52','','CiscoVXI-2','','inherit','open','open','','ciscovxi-2-2','','','2012-01-31 20:12:52','2012-01-31 20:12:52','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/CiscoVXI-21.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5885,6,'2012-01-31 20:13:44','2012-01-31 20:13:44','','CiscoVXI','','inherit','open','open','','ciscovxi-3','','','2012-01-31 20:13:44','2012-01-31 20:13:44','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/CiscoVXI1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5886,6,'2012-01-31 20:11:07','2012-01-31 20:11:07','Cisco has refined the virtual desktop, including voice and video, and refined the offering into VXI.\n\nDelivering desktop and workspace virtualization, this is an end to end solution that capitlizes on the converged network infrastructure for a much improved user experience.\n\nThis is the first solutino to cominb virtualized collaborative workspace and the virtualized data center into an experience that raises the standard for virtualized desktop solutions by delivery any application to any device an any workplace environment - while providing security and control.\n\n&nbsp;\n\nSome of the key benefits of VXI to consider are:\n<ul>\n	<li>Open &amp; Controlled Operations - provides virtualization-aware control of security and support for high availability and business continuance</li>\n	<li>Personalized &amp; Pervasive User Interactions - delivering customized, consistent virtual workspace</li>\n	<li>Agile &amp; Efficient Service Provisioning - quickly deploy new apps while optimizing resource utilization </li>\n</ul>','CISCO\'S VIRTUALIZATION EXPERIENCE INFRASTRUCTURE (VXI)','','inherit','open','open','','5879-revision-3','','','2012-01-31 20:11:07','2012-01-31 20:11:07','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5879-revision-3',0,'revision','',0),(5887,6,'2012-01-31 20:14:05','2012-01-31 20:14:05','Cisco has refined the virtual desktop, including voice and video, and refined the offering into VXI.\r\n\r\nDelivering desktop and workspace virtualization, this is an end to end solution that capitlizes on the converged network infrastructure for a much improved user experience.\r\n\r\nThis is the first solutino to cominb virtualized collaborative workspace and the virtualized data center into an experience that raises the standard for virtualized desktop solutions by delivery any application to any device an any workplace environment - while providing security and control.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-large wp-image-5885\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/CiscoVXI1-1024x564.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"1024\" height=\"564\" /></a>\r\n\r\nSome of the key benefits of VXI to consider are:\r\n<ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Open &amp; Controlled Operations</strong> - provides virtualization-aware control of security and support for high availability and business continuance</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Personalized &amp; Pervasive User Interactions</strong> - delivering customized, consistent virtual workspace</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Agile &amp; Efficient Service Provisioning</strong> - quickly deploy new apps while optimizing resource utilization </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/CiscoVXI-21.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-large wp-image-5884\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/CiscoVXI-21-1024x624.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"1024\" height=\"624\" /></a>','CISCO\'S VIRTUALIZATION EXPERIENCE INFRASTRUCTURE (VXI)','','inherit','open','open','','5879-revision-4','','','2012-01-31 20:14:05','2012-01-31 20:14:05','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5879-revision-4',0,'revision','',0),(5888,6,'2012-01-31 20:15:33','2012-01-31 20:15:33','','Cisco-VXI-1','','inherit','open','open','','cisco-vxi-1','','','2012-01-31 20:15:33','2012-01-31 20:15:33','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5889,6,'2012-01-31 20:14:08','2012-01-31 20:14:08','Cisco has refined the virtual desktop, including voice and video, and refined the offering into VXI.\r\n\r\nDelivering desktop and workspace virtualization, this is an end to end solution that capitlizes on the converged network infrastructure for a much improved user experience.\r\n\r\nThis is the first solutino to cominb virtualized collaborative workspace and the virtualized data center into an experience that raises the standard for virtualized desktop solutions by delivery any application to any device an any workplace environment - while providing security and control.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-large wp-image-5885\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/CiscoVXI1-1024x564.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"1024\" height=\"564\" /></a>\r\n\r\nSome of the key benefits of VXI to consider are:\r\n<ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Open &amp; Controlled Operations</strong> - provides virtualization-aware control of security and support for high availability and business continuance</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Personalized &amp; Pervasive User Interactions</strong> - delivering customized, consistent virtual workspace</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Agile &amp; Efficient Service Provisioning</strong> - quickly deploy new apps while optimizing resource utilization </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/CiscoVXI-21.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-large wp-image-5884\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/CiscoVXI-21-1024x624.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"1024\" height=\"624\" /></a>','CISCO\'S VIRTUALIZATION EXPERIENCE INFRASTRUCTURE (VXI)','','inherit','open','open','','5879-revision-5','','','2012-01-31 20:14:08','2012-01-31 20:14:08','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5879-revision-5',0,'revision','',0),(5890,6,'2012-01-31 20:16:04','2012-01-31 20:16:04','Cisco has refined the virtual desktop, including voice and video, and refined the offering into VXI.\r\n\r\nDelivering desktop and workspace virtualization, this is an end to end solution that capitlizes on the converged network infrastructure for a much improved user experience.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/why.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5888\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"604\" height=\"330\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThis is the first solution to cominb virtualized collaborative workspace and the virtualized data center into an experience that raises the standard for virtualized desktop solutions by delivery any application to any device an any workplace environment - while providing security and control.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nSome of the key benefits of VXI to consider are:\r\n<ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Open &amp; Controlled Operations</strong> - provides virtualization-aware control of security and support for high availability and business continuance</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Personalized &amp; Pervasive User Interactions</strong> - delivering customized, consistent virtual workspace</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Agile &amp; Efficient Service Provisioning</strong> - quickly deploy new apps while optimizing resource utilization </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/CiscoVXI-21.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-large wp-image-5884\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/CiscoVXI-21-1024x624.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"1024\" height=\"624\" /></a>','CISCO\'S VIRTUALIZATION EXPERIENCE INFRASTRUCTURE (VXI)','','inherit','open','open','','5879-revision-6','','','2012-01-31 20:16:04','2012-01-31 20:16:04','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5879-revision-6',0,'revision','',0),(5891,6,'2012-01-31 20:16:07','2012-01-31 20:16:07','Cisco has refined the virtual desktop, including voice and video, and refined the offering into VXI.\r\n\r\nDelivering desktop and workspace virtualization, this is an end to end solution that capitlizes on the converged network infrastructure for a much improved user experience.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/why.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5888\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"604\" height=\"330\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThis is the first solution to cominb virtualized collaborative workspace and the virtualized data center into an experience that raises the standard for virtualized desktop solutions by delivery any application to any device an any workplace environment - while providing security and control.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nSome of the key benefits of VXI to consider are:\r\n<ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Open &amp; Controlled Operations</strong> - provides virtualization-aware control of security and support for high availability and business continuance</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Personalized &amp; Pervasive User Interactions</strong> - delivering customized, consistent virtual workspace</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Agile &amp; Efficient Service Provisioning</strong> - quickly deploy new apps while optimizing resource utilization </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/CiscoVXI-21.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-large wp-image-5884\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/CiscoVXI-21-1024x624.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"1024\" height=\"624\" /></a>','CISCO\'S VIRTUALIZATION EXPERIENCE INFRASTRUCTURE (VXI)','','inherit','open','open','','5879-revision-7','','','2012-01-31 20:16:07','2012-01-31 20:16:07','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5879-revision-7',0,'revision','',0),(5892,6,'2012-01-31 20:19:34','2012-01-31 20:19:34','','Cisco-VXI-2','','inherit','open','open','','cisco-vxi-2','','','2012-01-31 20:19:34','2012-01-31 20:19:34','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5893,6,'2012-01-31 20:16:34','2012-01-31 20:16:34','Cisco has refined the virtual desktop, including voice and video, and refined the offering into VXI.\r\n\r\nDelivering desktop and workspace virtualization, this is an end to end solution that capitlizes on the converged network infrastructure for a much improved user experience.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/why.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5888\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"604\" height=\"330\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThis is the first solution to cominb virtualized collaborative workspace and the virtualized data center into an experience that raises the standard for virtualized desktop solutions by delivery any application to any device an any workplace environment - while providing security and control.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nSome of the key benefits of VXI to consider are:\r\n<ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Open &amp; Controlled Operations</strong> - provides virtualization-aware control of security and support for high availability and business continuance</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Personalized &amp; Pervasive User Interactions</strong> - delivering customized, consistent virtual workspace</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Agile &amp; Efficient Service Provisioning</strong> - quickly deploy new apps while optimizing resource utilization </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a href=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/CiscoVXI-21.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-large wp-image-5884\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/CiscoVXI-21-1024x624.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"1024\" height=\"624\" /></a>','CISCO\'S VIRTUALIZATION EXPERIENCE INFRASTRUCTURE (VXI)','','inherit','open','open','','5879-revision-8','','','2012-01-31 20:16:34','2012-01-31 20:16:34','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5879-revision-8',0,'revision','',0),(5894,6,'2012-01-31 20:20:03','2012-01-31 20:20:03','Cisco has refined the virtual desktop, including voice and video, and refined the offering into VXI.\r\n\r\nDelivering desktop and workspace virtualization, this is an end to end solution that capitlizes on the converged network infrastructure for a much improved user experience.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/why.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5888\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"604\" height=\"330\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThis is the first solution to cominbine virtualized collaborative workspace and the virtualized data center into an experience that raises the standard for virtualized desktop solutions by delivery any application to any device an any workplace environment - while providing security and control.\r\n\r\n Some of the key benefits of VXI to consider are:\r\n<ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Open &amp; Controlled Operations</strong> - provides virtualization-aware control of security and support for high availability and business continuance</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Personalized &amp; Pervasive User Interactions</strong> - delivering customized, consistent virtual workspace</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Agile &amp; Efficient Service Provisioning</strong> - quickly deploy new apps while optimizing resource utilization </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/implement.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5892\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-2.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"734\" height=\"445\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo Learn Move - Please visist - <a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html\">http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html</a>','CISCO\'S VIRTUALIZATION EXPERIENCE INFRASTRUCTURE (VXI)','','inherit','open','open','','5879-revision-9','','','2012-01-31 20:20:03','2012-01-31 20:20:03','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5879-revision-9',0,'revision','',0),(5895,6,'2012-01-31 20:20:10','2012-01-31 20:20:10','Cisco has refined the virtual desktop, including voice and video, and refined the offering into VXI.\r\n\r\nDelivering desktop and workspace virtualization, this is an end to end solution that capitlizes on the converged network infrastructure for a much improved user experience.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/why.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5888\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"604\" height=\"330\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThis is the first solution to cominbine virtualized collaborative workspace and the virtualized data center into an experience that raises the standard for virtualized desktop solutions by delivery any application to any device an any workplace environment - while providing security and control.\r\n\r\n Some of the key benefits of VXI to consider are:\r\n<ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Open &amp; Controlled Operations</strong> - provides virtualization-aware control of security and support for high availability and business continuance</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Personalized &amp; Pervasive User Interactions</strong> - delivering customized, consistent virtual workspace</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Agile &amp; Efficient Service Provisioning</strong> - quickly deploy new apps while optimizing resource utilization </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/implement.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5892\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-2.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"734\" height=\"445\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo Learn Move - Please visist - <a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html\">http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html</a>','CISCO\'S VIRTUALIZATION EXPERIENCE INFRASTRUCTURE (VXI)','','inherit','open','open','','5879-revision-10','','','2012-01-31 20:20:10','2012-01-31 20:20:10','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5879-revision-10',0,'revision','',0),(5896,6,'2012-01-31 20:21:45','2012-01-31 20:21:45','Cisco has refined the virtual desktop, including voice and video, and refined the offering into their Virtualization Experience Infrastructure (VXI).\n\nDelivering desktop and workspace virtualization, this is an end to end solution that capitlizes on the converged network infrastructure for a much improved user experience.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/why.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5888\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"571\" height=\"312\" /></a>\n\nThis is the first solution to cominbine virtualized collaborative workspace and the virtualized data center into an experience that raises the standard for virtualized desktop solutions by delivery any application to any device an any workplace environment - while providing security and control.\n\n Some of the key benefits of VXI to consider are:\n<ul>\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>Open &amp; Controlled Operations</strong> - provides virtualization-aware control of security and support for high availability and business continuance</li>\n	<li><strong>Personalized &amp; Pervasive User Interactions</strong> - delivering customized, consistent virtual workspace</li>\n	<li><strong>Agile &amp; Efficient Service Provisioning</strong> - quickly deploy new apps while optimizing resource utilization </li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n&nbsp;\n\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/implement.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5892\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-2.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"590\" height=\"383\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n\nTo Learn Move - Please visist - <a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html\">http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html</a>','CISCO\'S VIRTUALIZATION EXPERIENCE INFRASTRUCTURE (VXI)','','inherit','open','open','','5879-revision-11','','','2012-01-31 20:21:45','2012-01-31 20:21:45','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5879-revision-11',0,'revision','',0),(5897,6,'2012-01-31 20:22:42','2012-01-31 20:22:42','Cisco has refined the virtual desktop, including voice and video, and refined the offering into their Virtualization Experience Infrastructure (VXI).\r\n\r\nDelivering desktop and workspace virtualization, this is an end to end solution that capitalizes on the converged network infrastructure for a much improved user experience, that includes (1) virtual desktop, (2) video, (3) access from any device - anywhere, and (4) voice.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/why.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5888\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"571\" height=\"312\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThis is the first solution to cominbine virtualized collaborative workspace and the virtualized data center into an experience that raises the standard for virtualized desktop solutions by delivery any application to any device an any workplace environment - while providing security and control.\r\n\r\n Some of the key benefits of VXI to consider are:\r\n<ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Open &amp; Controlled Operations</strong> - provides virtualization-aware control of security and support for high availability and business continuance</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Personalized &amp; Pervasive User Interactions</strong> - delivering customized, consistent virtual workspace</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Agile &amp; Efficient Service Provisioning</strong> - quickly deploy new apps while optimizing resource utilization </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/implement.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5892\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-2.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"590\" height=\"383\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo Learn Move - Please visit - <a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html\">http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html</a>','CISCO\'S VIRTUALIZATION EXPERIENCE INFRASTRUCTURE (VXI)','','inherit','open','open','','5879-revision-12','','','2012-01-31 20:22:42','2012-01-31 20:22:42','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5879-revision-12',0,'revision','',0),(5898,6,'2012-01-31 20:23:14','2012-01-31 20:23:14','Cisco has refined the virtual desktop, including voice and video, and refined the offering into their Virtualization Experience Infrastructure (VXI).\r\n\r\nDelivering desktop and workspace virtualization, this is an end to end solution that capitalizes on the converged network infrastructure for a much improved user experience, that includes (1) virtual desktop, (2) video, (3) access from any device - anywhere, and (4) voice.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/why.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5888\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"571\" height=\"312\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThis is the first solution to cominbine virtualized collaborative workspace and the virtualized data center into an experience that raises the standard for virtualized desktop solutions by delivering any application to any device an any workplace environment - while providing security and control.\r\n\r\n Some of the key benefits of VXI to consider are:\r\n<ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Open &amp; Controlled Operations</strong> - provides virtualization-aware control of security and support for high availability and business continuance</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Personalized &amp; Pervasive User Interactions</strong> - delivering customized, consistent virtual workspace</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Agile &amp; Efficient Service Provisioning</strong> - quickly deploy new apps while optimizing resource utilization </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/implement.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5892\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-2.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"590\" height=\"383\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo Learn Move - Please visit - <a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html\">http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html</a>','CISCO\'S VIRTUALIZATION EXPERIENCE INFRASTRUCTURE (VXI)','','inherit','open','open','','5879-revision-13','','','2012-01-31 20:23:14','2012-01-31 20:23:14','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5879-revision-13',0,'revision','',0),(5899,6,'2012-01-31 20:23:20','2012-01-31 20:23:20','Cisco has refined the virtual desktop, including voice and video, and refined the offering into their Virtualization Experience Infrastructure (VXI).\r\n\r\nDelivering desktop and workspace virtualization, this is an end to end solution that capitalizes on the converged network infrastructure for a much improved user experience, that includes (1) virtual desktop, (2) video, (3) access from any device - anywhere, and (4) voice.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/why.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5888\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"571\" height=\"312\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThis is the first solution to cominbine virtualized collaborative workspace and the virtualized data center into an experience that raises the standard for virtualized desktop solutions by delivering any application to any device an any workplace environment - while providing security and control.\r\n\r\n Some of the key benefits of VXI to consider are:\r\n<ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Open &amp; Controlled Operations</strong> - provides virtualization-aware control of security and support for high availability and business continuance</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Personalized &amp; Pervasive User Interactions</strong> - delivering customized, consistent virtual workspace</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Agile &amp; Efficient Service Provisioning</strong> - quickly deploy new apps while optimizing resource utilization </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</ul>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/implement.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5892\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-2.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"590\" height=\"383\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo Learn Move - Please visit - <a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html\">http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html</a>','CISCO\'S VIRTUALIZATION EXPERIENCE INFRASTRUCTURE (VXI)','','inherit','open','open','','5879-revision-14','','','2012-01-31 20:23:20','2012-01-31 20:23:20','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5879-revision-14',0,'revision','',0),(5900,6,'2012-01-31 20:34:07','2012-01-31 20:34:07','Cisco has refined the virtual desktop, including voice and video, and refined the offering into their <strong>Virtualization Experience Infrastructure (VXI)</strong> solution.\n\nDelivering desktop and workspace virtualization, VXI is an end to end solution that capitalizes on the converged network infrastructure for a much improved user experience, that includes (1) virtual desktop, (2) video, (3) access from any device - anywhere, and (4) voice.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/why.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5888\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"571\" height=\"312\" /></a>\n\nThis is the first solution to cominbine virtualized collaborative workspace and the virtualized data center into an experience that raises the standard for virtualized desktop solutions by delivering any application to any device an any workplace environment - while providing security and control.\n\n Some of the key benefits of VXI to consider are:\n<ul>\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>Open &amp; Controlled Operations</strong> - provides virtualization-aware control of security and support for high availability and business continuance</li>\n	<li><strong>Personalized &amp; Pervasive User Interactions</strong> - delivering customized, consistent virtual workspace</li>\n	<li><strong>Agile &amp; Efficient Service Provisioning</strong> - quickly deploy new apps while optimizing resource utilization </li>\n</ul>\n</ul>\n&nbsp;\n\n<a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/implement.html\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5892\" src=\"http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Cisco-VXI-2.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"590\" height=\"383\" /></a>\n\n&nbsp;\n\nTo Learn More - Please visit: <a href=\"http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html\">http://www.cisco.com/web/solutions/trends/virtualization/index.html</a>','CISCO\'S VIRTUALIZATION EXPERIENCE INFRASTRUCTURE (VXI)','','inherit','open','open','','5879-autosave','','','2012-01-31 20:34:07','2012-01-31 20:34:07','',5879,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/5879-autosave',0,'revision','',0),(5901,2,'2012-02-01 13:45:32','2012-02-01 13:45:32','<strong>Thursday, February 9, 2012, 9:00 AM PST</strong>\r\n\r\nIT management must change. Traditional tools and processes designed for siloed, static physical infrastructures don’t provide the automation and control needed for inherently dynamic virtualized and cloud infrastructures. By building management directly into the VMware vSphere® platform, we’ve already transformed the way you manage your infrastructure. The next step is to automate operations using an integrated approach to performance, capacity and configuration management with patented analytics. This unique approach delivers the new levels of intelligence, visibility and policy-based control required to ensure service levels in dynamic virtual and cloud environments.\r\n\r\nAttend this webcast to learn how the new VMware vCenter™ Operations Management Suite allows IT to:\r\n\r\n- Dramatically simplify services\r\n- Automate service delivery and management\r\n\r\n<strong>Featured Speakers</strong>:\r\nBen Scheerer, Senior Product Manager, VMware\r\nVic Parker, Technical Marketing Manager, VMware\r\n\r\n<a href=\"https://event.on24.com/eventRegistration/EventLobbyServlet?target=registration.jsp&amp;eventid=397322&amp;sessionid=1&amp;key=22E3A47A4D3EEC4794EEEAD75C1BC6E7&amp;partnerref=CPARTNER_eGroup&amp;sourcepage=register\">REGISTER!</a>','2.9 WEBINAR:  \"Automating Infrastructure and Operations Management with VMware vCenter Operations Management Suite\"','','publish','open','open','','2-9-webinar-automating-infrastructure-and-operations-management-with-vmware-vcenter-operations-management-suite','','','2012-02-01 13:46:14','2012-02-01 13:46:14','',0,'http://egroup.jasonmangone.com/?p=5901',0,'post','',0),